Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Intuit

Intuit

intu · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker intu
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Intuit
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC
Annual Report 2010

Strongly positioned 
for growth

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Overview

1  Our business
2  Highlights of the year
4  At a glance*
6  Chairman’s statement*

Strategy and KPIs

10  Group strategy and key 
performance indicators

Business review

Investment property valuations

12  UK retail property market
15 
16  Performance in 2010
18  Prospects and priorities
20  Top properties

Financial review and risk

22  Financial review*
28  Key risks and uncertainties*

Corporate responsibility*

30 
Introduction
31  Environment
32  Community
34  People
34  Health and Safety
35  Key relationships*

Governance

36  Board of Directors
38  Management team
39  Directors’ report*
42  Corporate governance
51  Directors’ remuneration report

Accounts

60  Directors’ responsibilities
61 
Independent auditors’ report
62  Consolidated income statement
63  Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
64  Balance sheets
65  Statements of changes in equity
68  Statements of cash fl ows
69  Notes to the accounts

Other information

109  Investment and development property
112  Financial covenants
113  Underlying profi t statement
114  Consolidated pro forma balance sheet
115  EPRA performance measures
117  Financial record
118  Management structure and advisers
119  Glossary
120  Dividends
ibc  Shareholder information

3

!

*  These sections of the report include items required 
to be stated in accordance with Section 417 of the 
Companies Act 2006 – Business review.

Additional information on 2010 performance is provided 
in the 2010 Annual Results Presentation to analysts, available 
for download from www.capital-shopping-centres.co.uk

 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

1

Our business

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC (CSC) is the leading 
specialist developer, owner and manager of pre-eminent 
UK regional shopping centres. At 31 December 2010 
CSC owned 13 regional shopping centres amounting to 
14.1 million sq. ft. of retail space and valued at £5.1 billion.

On 28 January 2011, CSC acquired The Trafford Centre, 
Manchester, increasing its portfolio to 14 centres, including 
10 of the top 25 UK centres, representing 16.0 million sq. ft. 
of retail space with a valuation of £6.7 billion.

CSC’s assets now comprise fi ve major out-of-town centres
including four of the UK’s top six – The Trafford Centre,
Manchester; Lakeside, Thurrock; Metrocentre, Gateshead; 
Braehead, Glasgow and The Mall at Cribbs Causeway, 
Bristol – and nine in-town centres including centres in 
prime destinations such as Cardiff, Manchester, Newcastle, 
Norwich and Nottingham.

2

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Highlights of the year

Financial highlights*

Net rental income from
continuing operations

Underlying earnings

Underlying EPS

Dividend per share (including
proposed 10p fi nal dividend)

Property revaluation 
surplus/(defi cit)

Twelve months ended 31 December

2010

2009

Change

£277m

£97m

15.4p

15.0p

£267m

£75m

15.1p

15.0p

£501m +11.0% (£535m)

-10.4%

Up 4%

Up 29%

Up 2%

Unchanged

n/a

n/a

Change

Up 15%

Up 10%

Down 3%

IFRS profi t/(loss) for the year

£529m

(£370m)

NAV per share (diluted, adjusted) 

Market value of investment
properties

Net external debt

Debt to assets ratio 

31 December
2010

390p

£5,099m

£2,437m

48%

Pro forma
31 December 
2009

339p

£4,631m

£2,522m

55% Reduced by 7ppt

  *  Please refer to glossary for defi nition of terms.

**   2009 fi gures have been re-stated to remove the impact of the Capco business following the demerger in May 2010.

***  CSC’s share of Liberty International PLC’s 2009 dividend of 16.5 pence per share.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

3

Highlights

Results confi rm further recovery

•  Growth in net rental income and earnings per share

− Net rental income increased by 4 per cent in total and 2 per cent like-for-like

− 15.4 pence adjusted earnings per share, up 2 per cent on 2009

•  Positive operational performance

− 181 long term lettings generating £28 million annual rent, an increase of £16 million from the previous rent

− Good letting progress at St David’s, Cardiff, extension now 83 per cent committed by income

(65 per cent on opening)

− Occupancy remains strong at 98.6 per cent (97.7 per cent including St David’s, Cardiff)

− Footfall up a further 3 per cent like-for-like year on year, 6 per cent in two years

•  Property valuation improvement

− Valuation surplus 11 per cent, including 3 per cent in the second half, out-performing IPD

− NAV per share up 51 pence, 15 per cent up from demerger pro forma

− Total fi nancial return including dividends for the year of 20 per cent

Corporate highlights

•  Group transformed into the only pure UK prime shopping centre REIT through the successful demerger

of Capital & Counties from Liberty International PLC (now Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC)

•  Placing of 62.3 million shares at 355 pence raising £221 million before costs

•  Debt to assets ratio 47 per cent and available fi nancial headroom approximately £500 million

(post Trafford Centre acquisition), no signifi cant debt maturity until 2014 

and in January 2011

•  Completion of the acquisition of The Trafford Centre

•  Completion of the C&C US transaction with Equity One 

Strongly positioned for growth

•  CSC now owns 14 centres including 10 of UK’s top 25 and 4 of the UK’s top 6 out-of-town

•  Opportunity for growth in like-for-like net rental income – potential 18 per cent reversionary upside

•  Scope for valuation recovery to continue – valuation yields still above CSC long-run average

•  Potential for value creation through development and active management. Plans for investment

(up to £600 million over the medium term) with potential to create at least 4,500 jobs for the regional
economies in which CSC operates

•  Integration of The Trafford Centre – draw upon combined expertise to adopt strongest features

and best operational practices of individual centres

•  Structural shift in UK retail towards pre-eminent destinations such as CSC’s with strong leisure and catering 

offerings, new supply currently constrained

4

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

At a glance

Our pre-eminent properties

Capital Shopping Centres is the only pure
UK prime shopping centre REIT with more UK 
regional shopping centres than any other operator
and, following the acquisition of The Trafford
Centre in January 2011, with out-of-town centres
comprising 65 per cent by value.

Total investment properties*

Passing rent and other income*

£6.7bn

£385m

10 of the top 25 UK 
shopping centres*

4 of the top 6 out-of-town 
shopping centres*

10

4

No. of shopping centres**

Area in sq. ft. (m)

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

14

*
C
S
C

9

n
o
s
r
e
m
m
a
H

4

5

I

M
P
u
r

P

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
S
d
n
a
L

3

l

d
e
fi
t
s
e
W

4

i

a
v
v
A

2

4

I

C
G

n
o
s
r
e
d
n
e
H

2

d
n
a
L

h
s
i
t
i
r

B

2

e

f
i

L
d
r
a
d
n
a
t
S

2

l
i

a
M

l

a
y
o
R

s
e
e
t
s
u
r
T
n
o
s
n
e
P

i

2

a
d
a
n
a
C

l

n
a
P
n
o
s
n
e
P

i

* Pro forma after acquisition of The Trafford Centre on 28 January 2011.

**  Number of shopping centres > 400,000 sq. ft. in 50 highest rented locations 

where owner has at least 33 per cent share.

Source: PMA 2010

„

For more info on our properties see pages 20 – 21

CSC locations

 Eldon Square Newcastle upon Tyne

1  Braehead Glasgow
2 
3  Metrocentre Gateshead
4  The Trafford Centre Manchester
5  Arndale Manchester
6  The Potteries Stoke-on-Trent
7  Victoria Centre Nottingham
8  Chapelfi eld Norwich
9  St David’s Cardiff
10  Cribbs Causeway Bristol
11  The Harlequin Watford
12  The Chimes Uxbridge
13  Lakeside Thurrock
14  The Glades Bromley

y

1

2

3

4 55

6

7

9

10

12

11

14

13

CSC asset valuations*

Out-of-town centres (65%)
1  The Trafford Centre (£1,650 million)
2  Lakeside (£1,053 million)
3  Metrocentre (£843 million)
4  Braehead (£576 million)
5  Cribbs Causeway (£221 million)

Town and city centres (35%)

6  The Harlequin (£353 million)
7  Victoria Centre (£337 million)
8  Arndale (£336 million)
9  Eldon Square (£250 million)
10  St David’s (£243 million)
11  Chapelfield (£236 million)
12  The Chimes (£217 million)
13  The Potteries (£201 million)
14  The Glades (£178 million)

13111 14

1

12

11

101

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

8

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

5

Our robust capital structure

Our signifi cant growth prospects

The Group’s assets are funded by equity and
debt, predominantly asset-specifi c. This structure
allows a high degree of fl exibility in debt and 
property management. The following data is 
pro forma after acquisition of The Trafford Centre 
on 28 January 2011.

Group net assets*

Debt to assets ratio*

£3.1bn

47%

Financial headroom*

Group debt structure*

£500m

Asset-specifi c debt 
Unsecured debt 

Gross debt 
Cash 

Net external debt** 

£bn

3.5
–

3.5
(0.3)

3.2

Group capital structure*

  Equity
  £3.1 billion

  Net external debt*
  £3.2 billion

  Net derivative liabilities
  £0.4 billion

CSC is poised for net rental income growth

• The independent valuers’ current estimated 

rental value (ERV) of CSC’s existing centres is 
£354 million, compared with a passing rent 
and other income of £297 million, indicating
substantial reversionary potential

• Further, The Trafford Centre has Day 1 income

of £88 million and ERV of £105 million

In addition, CSC has the potential to increase
rental levels beyond ERV from the following:

• Limited potential supply of prime regional

shopping centre space due to planning and 
economic factors 

• Rising demand for CSC’s large fl agship stores 

and catering space 

• The structural shift in shopping patterns 

towards large centres with a strong catering
and leisure offer 

• Growth prospects for new space such 
as St David’s, Cardiff and Eldon Square,
Newcastle – opened during the recent 
economic downturn 

There is signifi cant untapped potential for
further value creation in CSC’s portfolio through 
redevelopment including three major extensions
and ongoing asset management projects.

*   Pro forma after acquisition of The Trafford Centre on 28 January 2011.

**   Net external debt excludes the £139 million compound fi nancial instrument

relating to the 40 per cent third party interest in Metrocentre.

„

For more info on our capital structure see the Financial review pages 22 – 27

„

For more info on our growth prospects see pages 18 – 19

 
 
6

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Chairman’s statement

A measure of confi dence returned in 2010 
to the markets in which Capital Shopping
Centres Group PLC (CSC) operates and, along 
with it, a recovery in valuations and further 
increases in occupational market activity.

Against this backdrop, and with a very encouraging 
level of shareholder support, CSC has made some
striking moves to redefi ne itself as the specialist REIT 
focused on pre-eminent regional shopping centres.
The strategic clarity brought about by the separation 
in May of CSC and Capital & Counties Properties PLC 
(Capco) laid the foundations for what has been 
labelled the “transformational acquisition” of 
The Trafford Centre in January 2011.

CSC ended the year in a robust fi nancial position.
The combination of improved market values 
and November’s capital raising brought the debt to
assets ratio back to 48 per cent, within the Board’s 
long-established objective of 40 to 50 per cent,
and there are no signifi cant debt maturities until 2014. 
With around £500 million of fi nancial headroom, 
the Company is in a strong position to progress its
signifi cant organic development opportunities.

In a year of intensive corporate activity we have asked
a great deal of all our staff and they have responded 
with a level of energy and enthusiasm for which I and 
my fellow Directors are extremely grateful.

Demerger

In May we received shareholder approval for the
creation of CSC, the only pure UK prime shopping
centre REIT, through the successful demerger of 
Capco from Liberty International PLC (now CSC). 
The two strong and focused businesses, each with 
their own characteristics and different attractions, 
have both been received well and have started to 
demonstrate their capability as standalone businesses 
to execute their own signifi cant strategic plans. 
It is satisfying to note that both have performed
well independently since demerger in May.

Patrick Burgess, Chairman

The Trafford Centre

At last month’s EGM shareholders approved the
acquisition of The Trafford Centre, Manchester. 
This value-enhancing transaction not only strengthens 
CSC’s industry position but enhances the overall 
quality of the Group’s assets by its complementarity. 
It also extends CSC’s ability to engage with the larger 
retail chains as a clear fi rst choice nationally. 
After completion, which took place on 28 January 
2011, CSC owns fourteen UK shopping centres, 
including ten of the top 25 centres and four of the
top six out-of-town shopping centres.

“This value-enhancing 
transaction not only strengthens 
CSC’s industry position but 
enhances the overall quality 
of the Group’s assets”

As well as signifi cantly increasing CSC’s presence in 
the key North West regional retail market, the structure 
of the transaction creates an enduring relationship with
John Whittaker, whose Peel Group is now a signifi cant
shareholder, and this gives us the opportunity to adopt 
across the enlarged Group the best practices from 
both CSC and The Trafford Centre as we continue to 
focus on the management of shopping centres as 
attractive destinations.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

7

Board

The demerger of Capco in May inevitably led to some 
changes in the composition of the Board. Ian Durant, 
Ian Hawksworth and Graeme Gordon stepped down 
to become, respectively, Chairman, Chief Executive 
and Non-Executive Director of Capco. I would like 
to thank them very much for their services to Liberty
International PLC and wish them every success in 
their new roles.

We were joined in May by Matthew Roberts, who
succeeded Ian Durant as Finance Director. Matthew
is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales and has a wide range of relevant 
experience at substantial companies in the retail and 
leisure sectors including Debenhams plc and Gala 
Coral Group Ltd.

I am also pleased to note formally that in the course 
of the year Richard Gordon, who has replaced 
Graeme Gordon, and John Abel, who has had a very
successful career in the industry, joined the Board as
Non-Executive Directors.

Following the EGM on 26 January 2011, John
Whittaker has been appointed a Non-Executive 
Director and has taken up the position of 
Deputy Chairman of the Board. John is a highly 
regarded real estate investor with a passion for the 
shopping centre business and proven vision and
development expertise. I have no doubt that his
considerable wisdom and capabilities will prove 
invaluable to us as his colleagues on the Board 
as well as benefi cial to all shareholders.

Dividends

The Directors are recommending a fi nal dividend of 
10.0 pence per share bringing the amount paid and
payable in respect of 2010 to 15.0 pence, the same
level as CSC’s share of the 2009 Liberty International 
PLC dividend and covered by the adjusted earnings 

per share for 2010 of 15.4 pence. 5.0 pence per share 
of the fi nal dividend will be paid as a Property Income 
Distribution subject to withholding tax. The Board’s 
policy remains to pay a progressive dividend with an 
appropriate level of cover over adjusted earnings.

Economic contribution and corporate 
responsibility

CSC makes a signifi cant economic contribution to 
the regions where its shopping centres are located. 
We estimate over 50,000 people are directly 
employed in CSC centres, with numerous other local 
businesses benefi ting indirectly. Through the payment 
of business rates of around £150 million per annum, 
we and our tenants also make a major contribution to 
public fi nances. Our plans for around £600 million of 
capital expenditure on three major extensions and 
other active management projects will represent 
signifi cant private sector investment with the potential 
to create an estimated 4,500 jobs at a time when the 
public sector is likely to be scaling back its capital 
expenditure plans.

CSC ranks as a leader in the property sector 
in corporate responsibility. We are committed 
to working closely with the communities served by our 
businesses and operating responsibly in terms of care 
for the environment, reduction in energy consumption 
and promotion of increased recycling of waste. We 
also encourage and support a large number of local 
community initiatives in the neighbourhoods of which 
we form part, in many of which I am glad to say 
our staff take a very active part. We have also made a 
contribution to society at a national level in sponsoring 
“Engaging Experience”, an active and growing 
network between charity founders and executives 
on the one hand and young entrepreneurs and City 
workers on the other hand, facilitating an exchange 
of inspiration, skills, energies and resources in a 
sector of growing signifi cance.

8

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Chairman’s statement
Continued

We continue to engage with a number of well-
regarded benchmarking indices who monitor
the environmental and community engagement 
activities of public companies and remain constituent
members of FTSE4Good, JSE SRI Index, Dow Jones 
Sustainability Indexes, Corporate Responsibility Index 
and OEKOM. In November 2010, CSC became one 
of only 38 companies to have achieved the
CommunityMark, developed by Business in the 
Community. The award is recognition of our innovative 
community programmes tailored to the locations
where we operate and is due in large part to the 
dedication of CSC’s staff and our community partners 
in responding to local issues and needs – what one 
might think of as part of a “Big-hearted Society”.

“With our clear and focused 
strategy, our unrivalled and 
irreplaceable assets and our 
robust financial position the 
Board is confident of CSC 
achieving superior 
shareholder returns”

Prospects

It is clear that business in the UK faces a series of 
challenges over the next couple of years and retailers
and consumers remain cautious, not least about the
effects of public sector austerity measures, tax 
increases and the price of commodities including 
fuel. In Autumn 2008 I expressed the opinion that,
notwithstanding the gloom surrounding the recession 
into which the UK was being plunged, the economy 
would recover some convincing traction within a few 
years. Our present view of the most likely outcome
is that the UK will experience a period of low growth
rather than a “double dip”.

What is clear is that this environment is not affecting
all retail property equally. The strongest destinations 
are growing stronger as UK retail trade continues
to concentrate. Prime destinations such as CSC’s
centres with strong leisure and catering offerings are 
key locations for retailers’ fl agship stores. With supply 
of new centres severely limited, successful UK and
international retailers looking to their growth plans
for the next couple of years are increasingly likely
to compete for high profi le, good quality space
in those best centres.

The 2010 results demonstrate that CSC’s recovery is
on track with increased like-for-like net rental income,
the key driver of growth in earnings and dividends, 
improved operational performance and continuing 
property valuation surpluses. The opportunities
for value creation through development and active
management described in the accompanying
Business review will be vigorously pursued and
I look forward to progress through the planning
stages of our major extensions to Victoria Centre,
Nottingham, Lakeside, Thurrock and Braehead,
Glasgow, as well as embarking on other active
management projects. With the demand for space
in the top 50 UK shopping centres increasing ahead
of supply, a range of return-enhancing organic
opportunities, a strongly reinforced corporate position
and a reinvigorated approach to ensuring our assets
are attractive for the shopping public as well as to
investors, CSC is well placed to achieve growth.

With our clear and focused strategy, our unrivalled and
irreplaceable assets and our robust fi nancial position
the Board is confi dent of CSC achieving superior
shareholder returns.

Patrick Burgess
Chairman

23 February 2011

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

9

Trafford Centre Acquisition 
on 28 January 2011
•  CSC acquired 100 per cent of The Trafford 
Centre and £67.4 million in cash in return for 
the issue of 167.3 million ordinary shares and 
£154.3 million convertible bonds. Peel holds
19.8 per cent of CSC’s enlarged issued ordinary 
share capital (23.2 per cent assuming conversion 
of convertible bonds)

•  Implies a gross consideration of £1,575 million* 
•  Blended price of ordinary shares and convertible 

bonds issued to Peel of 396p

•  Shares in issue following acquisition 859 million, 

898 million fully diluted

A value enhancing 
transaction for CSC
•   Operating benefits including strengthened retailer 
relationships and addition of The Trafford Centre’s 
successful leisure and catering offerings

•   The contribution of expertise and complementary
skills from Peel and combining best practices 
across CSC and The Trafford Centre

•   Significant benefits from John Whittaker as 

a new member of the Board

•   Peel exchanging its interest in The Trafford Centre 

for an investment in CSC shares is a strong 
endorsement of CSC’s focused strategy and 
value upside

Overview of 
The Trafford 
Centre

•  External valuation £1,650 million 1 November 2010
•  1.9 million sq. ft. retail, catering and leisure
•   Over 230 units including 50 catering and leisure units
• Day 1 income: £88 million, ERV £105 million
•  Occupancy 98 per cent by rent
•   Consistent footfall growth since opening to over

35 million customer visits p.a.

•   Key anchors: Selfridges, Debenhams, John Lewis and Marks & Spencer

3

*  Based on 387 pence being CSC’s 30 June 2010 NAV per share, adjusted for the Placing and updated CSC valuations to 31 December 2010, excluding the

acquisition. The implied gross consideration of The Trafford Centre (including Barton Square at £85 million) is calculated after taking into account The Trafford
Centre Group’s net debt of £798 million and other net liabilities of £54 million as at 30 June 2010.

10 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Group strategy and key performance indicators

Performance against our strategy

Capital Shopping Centres is the leading specialist developer,
owner and manager of pre-eminent UK regional shopping centres. 
With a dedicated and skilled management team, CSC aims to 
be the landlord of choice for retailers, to provide compelling 
destinations for shoppers and to offer clarity and transparency 
to investors. 

CSC is a responsible and environmentally conscious participant 
in the communities where it invests. CSC focuses on the creation 
of long term and sustainable growth in net rental income with a 
view to generating superior shareholder returns through dividend
growth and capital appreciation.
The following indicators are the key measures used to evaluate the Group’s performance against our peer group*, other external 
benchmarks and the FTSE REIT Index as appropriate.

1 Shareholder return

2 Total financial return

3 Income performance

+6.6%

+20%

+2.7%

+29%

15.4p

15.1p

Capital
Shopping Centres

FTSE REIT Index**

Strategic aim
Superior shareholder returns

Why is this important?
Combines share price movement and dividends
to produce a direct measure of the movement in 
shareholder value in the year.

r

How is this measured?
Uses the movement in share price during the year
plus dividends paid in the year.†

How have we performed?
Share price has outperformed FTSE REIT Index.

Long-term trend – see chart page 55.

Peer group

2010

2009

Capital
Shopping Centres

Strategic aim
Capital appreciation

Why is this important?
This is a measurement of the total return
movement in the Group’s balance sheet value
through the change in the Group’s property
valuations and its capital structure.

How is this measured?
Uses the movement in adjusted net asset value
plus the impact of dividends paid in the year.

How have we performed?
Although net asset value per share increased in
the year due to property valuation gains the
return did not match that of the peer group 
largely due to their exposure to the strong
performing London office sector.

Long-term trend***

Strategic aim
Dividend growth

Why is this important?
The measure gives the underlying income
generated in the year which gives an indication
of the Group's ability to grow its dividends.

How is this measured?
Uses underlying earnings per share, which
excludes property and derivative valuation
movements and exceptional income or charges.

How have we performed?
Underlying earnings per share has grown in
2010 compared to the 2009 CSC figure due 
to improved net rental income and tight
cost control.

Long-term trend***

3

*  Our peer group consists of Land Securities Group Plc, The British Land Company Plc and Hammerson Plc. **  Data source: Bloomberg

*** Due to the demerger of Capco in May 2010, no long term track record of comparable data exists for total fi nancial return and underlying earnings per share.

†  Uses the CSC share price on 11 January 2011 as the closing value being the day on which Simon Property Group announced they had no intention to make a 

fi rm offer for the Group.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

11

Change in like-for-like net rental income – long-term track record

%
10.0

8.0

6.0

4.0

2.0

0.0

-2.0

-4.0

8.5%

8.5%

6.0%

5.3%

4.6%

2.3%

2.1%

3.5%

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

-3.4%

-4.3%

4 Prime property assets

5 Like-for-like net rental
income

6 Occupancy

+11.0%

+7.5%

+2.1%

98.6%

94.7%

Capital
Shopping Centres

IPD monthly
Index (retail)

2010

-3.4%

2009

Strategic aim
Capital appreciation

Why is this important?
Measures the capital return on the Group’s
property assets and compares this with the 
IPD index, a recognised industry benchmark.
How is this measured?
Includes the capital growth from the
Group’s properties.
How have we performed?
The quality of the Group's properties has resulted
in strong outperformance of the benchmark index 
in 2010.
Long-term trend – see chart page 15.

Strategic aim
Sustainable growth in net rental income

Why is this important?
Measures the organic growth in income
generated from the Group’s properties
in the year.

How is this measured?
Removes from the year on year movement
in net rental income the impact of acquisitions,
developments and disposals.

How have we performed?
After the severe downturn in the commercial 
property market that affected the last two years,
the Group returned to positive like-for-like net
rental income growth in 2010.

Capital
Shopping Centres

IPD
(retail)

Strategic aim
Landlord of choice for retailers

Why is this important?
CSC aims to maximise the occupancy of its 
properties as vacant space will adversely impact 
on profitability.

How is this measured?
The passing rent of the Group’s properties 
currently occupied expressed as a percentage 
of the passing rent of occupied and the ERV 
of unoccupied properties. 

How have we performed?
The attractiveness of the Group's properties to 
retailers is evidenced by the continued above 
average occupancy levels.

Long-term trend – see chart above.

Long-term trend – see chart page 17.

12 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Business review

UK retail property market

CSC’s focus is the top 50 UK shopping 
centre locations, which comprise around 
50 million sq. ft. of which CSC owns 
33 per cent*. Such centres are and 
will remain rare and change hands 
infrequently. Shopping centres in total 
represent only around 13 per cent of 
the UK’s 1.3 billion sq. ft. of retail space, 
the top 50 centres representing only
around 4 per cent. The highly regulated
planning environment combined with 
the recent challenging economic 
environment for fi nancing of new centres 
has contributed to a limited development
pipeline. Controlling stakes change hands
very rarely – CSC’s acquisition of 

The Trafford Centre on 28 January 2011 
was the fi rst example for a decade of 
change in control of a top ten centre.

CSC owns 14 centres*, including four 
of the UK’s top six out-of-town centres 
and ten of the UK’s top 25 centres, 
attracting well over 300 million customer 
visits* in 2010. CSC owns more pre-
eminent shopping centres in the UK than 
any other operator. Scale strengthens 
relationships with leading national and 
international retailers. In particular it 
gives CSC the ability to discuss national 
property strategy with expanding retailers 
and international entrants.

UK Retail Space

1.3 billion sq. ft.

UK Shopping Centre Space

179 million sq. ft.

Neighbourhood 
Shopping
369.2m sq. ft.

CSC has a 33 per cent 
share of chosen segments*

Factory outlets
9m sq. ft.

Out-of-town regional 
shopping centres
12.2m sq. ft.

District centres/other non-town
centre schemes 17.5m sq. ft.

Centres in
major towns
and cities
35.6m sq. ft.

Shopping Centres
178.7m sq. ft.

Superstores
116.8m sq. ft.

Retail 
Warehousing
174.6m sq. ft.

High Street
490.8m sq. ft.

Centres in other towns and cities
104.3m sq. ft.

* 

 Including The Trafford Centre, Manchester, acquired on 28 January 2011

Overview

Strategy and KPIs Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

13

UK retail trade continues to concentrate into fewer locations.
The structural shift towards prime destinations with strong 
leisure and catering offerings benefi ts CSC’s pre-eminent UK 
Shopping Centres. The chart illustrates that since the early
1970s the number of locations required to serve 50 per cent
of the comparison goods market share has fallen by more than 
a half, from 200 to 90 locations.

As a result, as successful UK and international retailers look 
to their growth plans for the next couple of years we expect to
see increased competition for high profi le, good quality space
in those best locations. We have seen the early signs of this
trend in 2010, including some competitive bidding situations,
particularly for larger, well confi gured units and catering units,
resulting in rent settlements above ERV.

CSC’s centres can offer the retailer fl agship stores in top
locations. Such stores are increasingly becoming a crucial 
marketing tool for the retailer’s brand. The development of 
other retail channels such as online shopping reinforce the
concentration of physical comparison retailing into the 
destinations, such as CSC’s, most attractive to the shopper 
for retail and broader entertainment. Online sales comprise only
a small but growing proportion of total retail spend – 8 per cent 
in 2010 according to ONS. The most successful retailers now 
have an integrated approach to online and in-store sales, with
strong evidence of high levels of interaction between the two. 
This is highlighted by the popularity of “click and collect” and
“return to store” facilities, both of which reinforce the need for 
a physical store and produce incremental sales.

Stark evidence of the increasing disparity between top and
other shopping centres in the balance of retailer demand and
space supply can be seen in the vacancy fi gures on the chart
below. Vacancy rates for secondary centres are still increasing,
whilst those for big centres have reduced during 2010. It is
worth noting that average rates for the top 50 are well below
even the “big centres” average illustrated here.

UK shopping centre vacancies

%

19%

18%

16%

13%

15%

15% 15%

12%

2008: 90 trading locations

Structural shift

11% 11%

10% 10%

1971: 200 trading locations

Market share

%*

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

0

20

40

60

80

100

110

120

140

160

180

200

Number of trading locations

Big centres

Smaller, 
prime centres

Secondary 
centres

All centres

Market share 2008

Market share 1971

2008

2009

2010

Source: PMA 2010

Source: CBRE, NSLSP
*   Comparison goods market share-based on NSLSP shopping population.

14 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Business review
Continued

Eldon Square, Newcastle

The Trafford Centre, Manchester

Lakeside, Thurrock

Braehead, Glasgow

Arndale, Manchester

Overview

Strategy and KPIs Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

15

Investment property valuations

The UK commercial property investment market continued to
experience valuation recovery in 2010, following its turning point 
in mid-2009. In particular, good quality property has continued 
to perform well while secondary assets have remained under
pressure. Prime shopping centres are proving increasingly
desirable to major international investors searching for quality 
UK investments in an environment of low interest rates and 
relatively attractive currency rates. Yields for prime shopping
centres tightened signifi cantly in the fi rst half and, after a 
cluster of transactions in the Autumn, maintained an inward 
progression while other sub-sectors slowed. Despite the
recovery, capital values as measured by the IPD UK monthly
retail capital growth index remain well below peak levels, 
currently at early 2003 levels. We are just over a year on from 
the largest decline in UK commercial property values for 
decades and valuation yields remain above CSC’s 
long-run average.

The valuation outcome for CSC’s assets for the year was very 
positive. After a 2.6 per cent increase in the second half of 2009,
values rose by 7.7 per cent in the fi rst half of 2010 and by 
11.0 per cent for the full year. This represents a signifi cant 
out-performance of the IPD UK monthly retail capital growth 
index which produced an increase of 7.5 per cent for the year.

Change in UK like-for-like capital values since June 2007

31 December
2010

30 June
2010

31 December
2009

CSC nominal equivalent yield

6.30% 6.52% 7.08%

CSC like-for-like revaluation 
surplus (six months ended)

IPD UK monthly retail capital 
growth (six months ended)

3.1%

7.7%

2.6%

1.1%

6.3%

11.3%

The majority of the valuation movement refl ected changes in 
yield. CSC’s out-performance was driven by the prime nature 
of the assets and the improvement in passing rents including 
from re-letting of short term concessionary tenancies on longer 
term leases at higher rents. While ERV remained steady in 
the second half, passing rent increased by around 5 per cent, 
signifi cantly narrowing the reversionary gap. However, at 6.3 
per cent, CSC’s weighted average nominal equivalent yield is
still well above its long-run average since 1994 of 6.0 per cent.

CSC nominal equivalent yield and 15 year Gilts
1994 to 2010
%

Market peaked
at June 2007

%

0

-10

-20

-30

-40

9

8

7

6

5

4

-28.7%

-35.1%

-30.9%

-35.7%

Market bottomed
at June 2009

Current 
spread
243bps

Dec 06

Dec 07

Dec 08

Dec 09

Dec 10

1994

1996

1998

2000

2002

2004

2006

2008

2010

Capital Shopping Centres
IPD UK monthly retail capital growth index

(cid:3)(cid:3)   CSC weighted average nominal equivalent yield
(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)IPD UK monthly retail capital growth index
(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)15 year Gilts

16 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Business review
Continued

Performance in 2010

CSC made good progress on its major priority for 2010 – to 
improve net rental income, particularly from short term lease 
re-lettings and larger space renegotiations. Net rental income
has increased 4 per cent in total and 2 per cent like-for-like, 
following two years of intense letting activity. In 2010, CSC 
has achieved 181 long term lettings, increasing annual rent
by £16 million and closing the gap between contracted rent 
and ERV from 23 per cent at 30 June 2010 to 18 per cent 
at 31 December 2010.

CSC’s other major objectives for 2010 were to progress the
value-enhancing organic growth opportunities and to complete 
the initial letting of St David’s, Cardiff. Signifi cant progress has
been made in enhancing CSC’s centres through their active 
management as retail and leisure destinations. This is discussed 
in the Major centres section below.

Net rental income

Net rental income of £277 million for 2010 is 3.6 per cent above 
that of 2009. Like-for-like net rental income for 2010 is 2.1 per 
cent above that of 2009. After having seen positive letting 
activity for around twelve months, the second half of 2010 saw 
these better terms come through in the form of good income
growth, turning around the fi rst half’s reduced rate of decline 
to achieve a full year increase.

Rental income
Service charge income
Gross rental income
Rent payable
Service charge expense
Property operating expense
Bad debt and lease incentive write-offs
Net rental income

Year ended
31 December 
2010
£m

Year ended
31 December 
2009
£m

350
60
410
(24)
(64)
(40)
(5)
277

341
59
400
(21)
(63)
(37)
(12)
267

At the gross level, CSC’s rental income was 3 per cent higher 
than 2009 refl ecting the completion of developments at Cardiff 
and Eldon Square and the improved terms on replacement of 
short term concessionary leases. As the retail environment has 
improved, bad debt and lease incentive write-offs have reduced 
signifi cantly. Operating expenses have increased slightly, 
primarily due to the full year of St David’s, Cardiff, and rent 
payable, the share of net income paid to our partners through 
head lease arrangements such as at Eldon Square, has 
increased in proportion to those centres’ results.

Lettings

181 long term lettings have been completed in the year, 
for £28 million aggregate annual passing rent, an increase 
of £16 million over previous rent for those units:

•  deals signed in the second half of 2010 refl ected an improved 

letting environment, on aggregate 8 per cent below ERV 
compared to 16 per cent below in the fi rst half of the year

•  with the exception of a small number of strategic deals, the 

remainder of the fourth quarter’s deals were at or around ERV

At 31 December 2010 CSC had 202 short term leases which 
represented 2 per cent of passing rent and 7 per cent of ERV 
(2009 – 2 per cent and 7 per cent). These are predominantly 
CSC’s smaller units, occupying only 4 per cent of retail space 
(2009 – 7 per cent), with around 80 per cent smaller than 
3,000 sq. ft.

Part of reversion crystallised

As a result of this letting activity, 5 percentage points of 30 June 
2010’s 23 per cent potential uplift from contracted rent to ERV 
have been captured leaving 18 per cent upside at 31 December 
2010 (see Prospects and priorities section).

New retailers

35 new retail partners were introduced to CSC centres in 
the year, with six brands choosing a CSC centre for their fi rst 
UK centre.

Retailer refi ts

Around one in six units in CSC’s centres were refi tted by 
retailers in the year, 139 in respect of new lettings and the 
balance by existing retailers. This substantial investment 
represents a fi rm commitment on the part of retailers and 
confi dence in the quality of CSC’s centres.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

17

Occupancy

CSC occupancy rate

%

100

98

96

94

92

90

Dec 08

Mar 09

Jun 09

Sep 09

Dec 09

Mar 10 Jun 10

Sep 10

Dec 10

Including under offer
Excluding under offer

Occupancy remains high at 98.6 per cent (31 December 2009 
– 97.8 per cent) (including the new development areas 
of St David’s, Cardiff, 97.7 per cent (31 December 2009 – 
95.9 per cent)). The rate of tenant failure continued to slow with 
only 1 per cent of rent entering administration during the year
(2009 – 8 per cent) and only 0.2 per cent in the second half 
of the year.

Footfall

Estimated footfall across CSC’s 13 centres was over 280 million 
in the year, up 6 per cent in the year largely due to the successful 
opening of St David’s, Cardiff. On a like-for-like basis, footfall 
was up 3 per cent in 2010 following a 3 per cent increase in 
2009. Retailer sales across CSC’s 13 centres are estimated 
to have increased 8 per cent year on year, driven by a more than 
70 per cent uplift at St David’s, Cardiff. Excluding this, sales at
the established centres increased by 3 per cent.

Major centres

Lakeside, Thurrock, (£1,053 million, 18 per cent valuation 
surplus) has had an excellent year with an extended fl agship 
store for Primark opened and trading well, 20 new long term
lettings including Cult, Guess and Panasonic and a broadened 
catering offer including Ed’s Easy Diner and Taco Bell’s fi rst UK 
store. The local regional planning framework, which is due to be 
adopted in the Summer of 2011, indicates scope for signifi cant 
additional retail space in the Lakeside area.

Metrocentre, Gateshead, (£843 million, 8 per cent valuation 
surplus). The completion of the new leisure and catering
offering, including Wagamama, TK Maxx/Homesense and 
Handmade Burger, has revitalised the yellow quadrant and
driven an increase in retail spend. 39 new long term lettings 
have been completed in 2010 including new brands 
to Metrocentre, Radley and Offi ce.

With the 25th anniversary of opening approaching, good
progress is being made in extending leases nearing expiry.
Around half of the anticipated peak in the maturity profi le has
now been renegotiated. In January, an impressive new Next
Home store opened on the Retail Park, the fi rst step in the
planned evolution of its retail mix.

Braehead, Glasgow, (£576 million, 13 per cent valuation surplus)
has benefi ted from the opening of the fl agship Primark store in
the former Sainsbury’s location. In turn, H&M are due in March
2011 to open a fl agship store in the former Primark location.
Five new brands have been signed up in 2010 including Apple
and Hollister, who have chosen to locate fl agship stores at
Braehead rather than competing retail areas. The broader 
Braehead destination continues to evolve with the opening
shortly of a major garden centre and retail park planning 
applications in progress.

Arndale, Manchester, (£336 million, 16 per cent valuation surplus).
The 2006 northern extension has evolved a more aspirational
style during 2010 with the addition of brands such as Bose,
Pandora and Luke. Further, New Cathedral Street now
has the UK fl agship Hugo Boss store, opened in November,
in place of Heal’s.

Eldon Square, Newcastle, (£250 million, 8 per cent valuation
surplus). After opening fully let in February 2010, the St Andrew’s
Way mall has driven a 17 per cent increase in footfall through the
centre. The development was recognised by the British Council
of Shopping Centres (BCSC) as achieving Gold award standard
in the Best In-town Retail Scheme category.

St David’s, Cardiff, (£243 million, 19 per cent valuation surplus)
achieved footfall of 37 million for 2010, well above target for its 
fi rst full year after opening. The new extension is now 83 per
cent committed by income up from approximately 65 per cent
on opening day. 20 of 2010’s new lettings are to retailers new 
to Wales, including Lego, Nike and Carluccios. We were
delighted that the development was awarded the British Council
of Shopping Centres (BCSC) Supreme Gold for Best In-town
Retail Scheme.

CSC’s other centres have also seen tenant changes, particularly
focused on introduction of new international brands and
enhancement of destination status though leisure and catering 
offers. Chapelfi eld, Norwich now has fl agship Hollister and 
Clas Ohlson stores. We have plans for further catering in the
former Borders store at Chapelfi eld and at The Glades, Bromley.

Equity One transaction

Following receipt of appropriate regulatory banking and tax
clearances, the completion of the transaction with Equity One
relating to the restructuring of the Group’s holding in C&C
US took place on 4 January 2011. CSC now holds 4.1 million
shares in Equity One and 11.4 million joint venture units 
redeemable for cash or Equity One shares with an aggregate
value of approximately $290 million based on Equity One’s
share price at 19 February 2011.

18 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Business review 
Continued

Prospects and priorities

CSC is strongly positioned for growth. Our three key areas
of focus for 2011 to realise that potential, each of which is 
discussed below, are:

Further, CSC is in a strong position to achieve ERV growth from 
current levels as the demand for high quality shopping centre 
space continues to increase ahead of supply. 

• growth in like-for-like net rental income

• value creation through continued enhancement of all CSC’s 
centres as retail and leisure destinations by progressing our
development and active management opportunities

• integration of The Trafford Centre, drawing upon the

combined expertise of the enlarged Group to adopt more 
broadly the strongest features and best operational practices 
of the individual centres and improve the performance of 
all the assets

Net rental income

The chart below illustrates considerable upside between 
contracted rent and the valuers’ assessment of ERV. The 
potential to capture the additional 18 per cent in annual 
rent arises primarily from:

• lease expiries, especially of concessionary short term lettings 
which represent 2 per cent of passing rent but 7 per cent of 
ERV, a £17 million opportunity

• rent reviews, especially of MSUs and department stores 
which have experienced national rental growth due to 
increased demand (see Other information section for 
review cycle)

• vacancies, in particular at St David’s, Cardiff, which is on track 

to be fully let by the end of 2011

An estimated 80 per cent of the reversion is expected to be 
captured into passing rent within fi ve years and 65 per cent
within three years.

CSC passing rent and ERV, 31 December 2010

Value creation through development 
and active management

Major extensions: CSC has 1.4 million sq. ft. of identifi ed 
extension opportunities at existing centres, an equivalent 
amount to a new major regional shopping centre. Extensions 
to existing prime locations carry attractive returns at a lower risk 
profi le for CSC as developer than establishing a new destination. 
Victoria Centre, Nottingham, Lakeside, Thurrock and Braehead, 
Glasgow are each the primary centre in a strong catchment, 
where CSC owns adjoining land and where retailer demand 
has been identifi ed. In each case, regional planning policies 
are progressing broadly in line with CSC’s objectives and we 
anticipate that planning applications will be submitted for 
two of the three during 2011. We estimate (reviewed by DTZ) 
£170–175 million of development profi t from these three projects 
(equivalent to 19 pence per share), which we would expect that 
the valuers will start to recognise in the valuation of these 
centres as the projects progress. Development and ongoing 
operation of these extensions will generate valuable new jobs for 
the communities served by the three centres.

Active management opportunities: In addition smaller active 
asset management opportunities totalling £128 million across 
most of our centres, including £50 million at The Trafford Centre, 
are progressing satisfactorily. These generally have a lower risk 
profi le and higher returns than the major extensions and as 
such, we estimate that the added value is £107 million 
(equivalent to 11 pence per share), which we would expect to 
recognise between 2011 and 2013. Examples include:

•  a new fl agship store for Primark at Metrocentre (works 

underway, planned Autumn 2011 opening)

•  a new 65,000 sq. ft. fl agship store for Next at Eldon Square 

(shop fi tting underway for a pre-Easter opening)

£m

370

350

330

310

290

270

250

34

14

16

-10

•  reconfi guration of former Borders store at Chapelfi eld, 

354

Norwich, to create further catering (pre-let to Carluccios)

•  creation of four new catering units at Braehead (three pre-let, 

opening expected June 2011)

•  six new stores and the doubling in size of an existing store 

for key US brands Apple and Hollister

297

-15

18

300

+18%

e
e
r
f

t
n
e
R

e
m
o
c
n

i

r
e
h
t
o

d
n
a
t
n
e
r
g
n
s
s
a
P

i

t
s
o
c

l

e
b
a
r
e
v
o
c
e
r
-
n
o
N

i

w
e
v
e
r

t
n
e
R

s
e
i
r
i
p
x
E

i

s
e
c
n
a
c
a
V

d
e
t
n
e
r

r
e
v
O

V
R
E

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

19

Estimated fi nancials

Rental value (£m)
Development cost (£m)*†
YYield on cost
Estimated area

Net approximate additional space increase 
(’000 sq. ft.)

TTotal approximate space upon completion 
(’000 sq. ft.)
Key dates

Lakeside,
Thurrock

Victoria Centre,
Nottingham

Braehead, 
Glasgow

Total

Active asset 
management 
opportunities

11–13

140–160

7.0–8.5%

17–18

225–250

7.0–8.0%

11–12

140–150

7.0–8.5%

39–43

505–560

13–15

128

7.0–8.5% 10.0–12.0%

350

1,800

500

1,500

525

1,600

1,375

4,900

n/a

n/a

Planning expected to be submitted

2011

2011

2012

Ongoing

* 

 Management estimates (reviewed by DTZ) of £170–175 million of development profi t from identifi ed extension opportunities, equivalent to 19 pence per share 
(at mid-point of estimated development profi t).

†   Active asset management projects of £128 million across existing portfolio (including The Trafford Centre, including capitalised interest), with added value 

of £107 million equivalent to 11 pence per share.

The Trafford Centre

The acquisition of The Trafford Centre, announced in November
2010 and completed on 28 January 2011, is a clear strategic fi t 
for CSC and is in line with the demerger objectives. We anticipate 
signifi cant operating benefi ts from combining the centre into 
CSC’s existing focused portfolio, including strengthened
retailer relationships and the addition of The Trafford Centre’s
successful leisure and catering offerings. In 2011 we will 
integrate the complementary skills and expertise of The Trafford 
Centre team and draw upon the combined talents to adopt
more broadly the strongest features and best operational 
practices of individual centres to improve the performance of 
all of the enlarged Group’s assets. This process has already 
started with some reorganisation of internal responsibilities 
and the establishment of regionally focused teams.

David Fischel
Chief Executive

23 February 2011

20 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Top properties

Out-of-town centres – 4 of the UK’s top 6

1. The Trafford Centre,
Manchester

2. Lakeside, 
Thurrock

Market value

£1,650m

Occupancy

98%

Size (sq. ft.)

Day 1 income

1,900,000

£88m

Market value

£1,053m

Occupancy

99.0%

Size (sq. ft.)

Annual property 
income

1,434,000

£57.1m

% ownership

100%

Headline rent ITZA

§

£400

% ownership

100%

Headline rent ITZA

§

£339

Number of stores

ABC1 customers (%)

#

Number of stores

ABC1 customers (%)

#

230

Key stores

69%

259

Key stores

53%

Selfridges, Debenhams, John Lewis,
Marks & Spencer

Apple Store, Argos, Debenhams, House of Fraser, 
Marks & Spencer, Next, Primark, Top Shop, Zara

5

9

3

1 66

10

7

4

8

2

3. Metrocentre,
Gateshead

4. Cribbs Causeway,
Bristol

5. Braehead,
Glasgow

Market value

£843m

Size (sq. ft.)

Occupancy

97.5%

Annual property 
income

Market value

£221m

Size (sq. ft.)

Occupancy

97.3%

Annual property 
income

Market value

£576m

Size (sq. ft.)

Occupancy

99.3%

Annual property 
income

2,089,000

£52.2m

1,025,000

£13.1m

1,060,000

£30.3m

% ownership

90%†

Headline rent ITZA

§

£325

% ownership

33%◊

Headline rent ITZA

§

£305

% ownership

100%

Headline rent ITZA

§¶

£225

Number of stores

ABC1 customers (%)

#

Number of stores

ABC1 customers (%)

#

Number of stores

ABC1 customers (%)

#

350

Key stores

54%

144

Key stores

75%

122

Key stores

52%

Bhs, Debenhams, House of Fraser,
Marks & Spencer, Next, New Look, Primark

Bhs, Boots, HMV, John Lewis, Marks & Spencer,
Next

Bhs, Boots, HMV, Marks & Spencer, Monsoon, 
Primark

†   Interest of the Metrocentre Partnership in the Metrocentre (90 per cent) and the Metro Retail Park (100 per cent). Capital Shopping Centres owns 60 per cent 

of the Metrocentre Partnership, which is consolidated as a subsidiary.

* 

 Interest is through a joint venture owning 95 per cent of the Arndale, Manchester, and 90 per cent of New Cathedral Street, Manchester.

◊   Interest is through a joint venture owning 66 per cent of the Mall at Cribbs Causeway and 100 per cent of The Retail Park, Cribbs Causeway.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

21

Top in-town centres

6. Arndale,
Manchester

7. St David’s,
Cardiff

8. The Harlequin,
Watford

Market value

£336m

Occupancy

100%

Market value

£243m

Size (sq. ft.)

Annual property 
income

Size (sq. ft.)

Occupancy

97.1%**%%

Annual property 
income

1,600,000

£21.4m

1,395,000

£11.9m

Market value

£353m

Size (sq. ft.)

726,000

Occupancy

96.9%

Annual property 
income

£19.7m

% ownership

48%*%%

Headline rent ITZA

§

£220

% ownership

50%

Headline rent ITZA

§

£250

% ownership

93%

Headline rent ITZA

§

£284

Number of stores

ABC1 customers (%)

#

Number of stores

ABC1 customers (%)

#

Number of stores

ABC1 customers (%)

#

232

Key stores

55%

205

Key stores

66%

147

Key stores

71%

Apple Store, Bhs, Boots, Next, Sports Direct, 
TK Maxx, Top Shop

Apple Store, Debenhams, H&M, John Lewis,
Marks & Spencer, New Look

Boots, H&M, HMV, John Lewis, Marks & Spencer, 
Next, Primark

9. Eldon Square,
Newcastle

10. Victoria Centre,
Nottingham

Market value

£250m

Size (sq. ft.)

Occupancy

98.6%

Annual property 
income

1,350,000

£12.7m

Market value

£337m

Size (sq. ft.)

981,000

Occupancy

98.4%

Annual property 
income

£20.7m

% ownership

60%

Headline rent ITZA

§

£300

% ownership

100%

Headline rent ITZA

§

£216

Number of stores

ABC1 customers (%)

#

Number of stores

ABC1 customers (%)

#

153

Key stores

52%

127

Key stores

60%

Argos, Boots, Debenhams, Fenwicks, John Lewis, 
Marks & Spencer, Waitrose

Boots, HMV, John Lewis, Marks & Spencer,
Next, Top Shop

The 
Victoria 
Centre

The site

**  St David’s, Cardiff occupancy excludes recently completed extension.

#   Proportion of customers within UK social groups A, B and C1, defi ned as members of households whose chief earner’s occupation is professional, higher or 

intermediate management or supervisory.

§  Annual contracted rent per square foot after expiry of concessionary periods in terms of zone A.

¶  Based on Scottish standard calculation, using 30ft zones. English equivalent £300.

22 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010
Annual Report 2010

Financial review

Financing strategy and fi nancial management

In 2010 the Group’s fi nancial management has focused on 
achieving the successful demerger of Capco, addressing the 
appropriate fi nancial management and medium-term funding
structure for the demerged Group including the acquisition of 
The Trafford Centre and continuing to support the organisation in 
its efforts to drive trading recovery. Notable achievements include:

•  Underlying earnings up by 29 per cent

•  NAV per share at 390 pence; total return for the year 

20 per cent

•  Additional equity capital of £216 million net of costs raised 

which, combined with increased property values, takes debt 
to assets ratio to within targeted range at 48 per cent

•  Interest cover ratio increased by 15 ppt to 156 per cent just 

below target level of 160 per cent

As previously indicated, the Group’s preference was to bring
the debt to assets ratio within the 40–50 per cent range, which 
has now been achieved. Following completion of the capital
raise and The Trafford Centre acquisition, the ratio now stands 
at 47 per cent. In respect of our additional funding aim, to achieve 
interest cover greater than 160 per cent, it is encouraging to 
report signifi cant progress with the 2010 interest cover ratio 
improving by 15 percentage points to 156 per cent.

Comparative fi gures re-presented

The successful demerger of Capco and the joint venture 
agreement with Equity One in respect of the C&C US business, 
which was completed in January 2011, has resulted in certain
comparative fi gures being re-presented. The Capco results up 
to the date of demerger have now been classifi ed as discontinued 
operations in the comparative income statements and cash 
fl ow statements. The balance sheet information for Capco at 
31 December 2009 is, however, still included in the respective
line categories in the balance sheet.

The C&C US results have also been included as discontinued 
operations in the comparative income statements and cash 
fl ow statements. The C&C US balance sheet information at
31 December 2009 is however still included in the respective 
line categories in the balance sheet. C&C US is categorised 
as an asset held for sale at 31 December 2010 and therefore
in accordance with IFRS 5 non-current assets held for sale 
its total assets and total liabilities are shown separately on the 
31 December 2010 balance sheet.

Income from C&C US has been included in the Group’s
underlying earnings in 2010 as it is anticipated that following 
completion of the transaction with Equity One in January 2011 
there will be an ongoing income stream from Equity One
shares and joint venture units. A gain on disposal of C&C US 
of approximately £26 million will be recorded in the Group’s
2011 results, with the gain being largely due to a reduction in 
the deferred tax liability associated with the Group’s investment 
in Equity One and joint venture units compared to the liability 
in connection with C&C US.

A pro forma balance sheet analysis prepared as if the demerger 
and C&C US transaction had occurred at 31 December 2009 
is included in the Other information section of this report.

Acquisition of The Trafford Centre and 
associated Capital Raising

The Group successfully completed an equity capital raise 
in November 2010 in connection with the acquisition of 
The Trafford Centre. The acquisition of The Trafford Centre
was not completed until 28 January 2011 and therefore the 
impact, with the exception of certain costs of the transaction 
incurred in 2010, is not refl ected in these fi nancial statements. 
The associated capital raising raised net cash proceeds of 
£216 million, through a Placing of 62.3 million new ordinary 
shares issued at 355 pence per share.

As part of The Trafford Centre acquisition in January 2011 
Peel subscribed £43.7 million for 12.3 million ordinary shares 
and £23.7 million for convertible bonds with a nominal value 
of £26.7 million converting into 6.7 million ordinary shares at 
a conversion price of 400 pence, giving a total cash infl ow of 
£67.4 million. On completion of the acquisition the loan secured 
on Barton Square of £81 million was repaid. As indicated in 
the circular issued in November 2010, the Group also utilised 
£34 million of the cash raised to re-profi le certain interest 
rate swap contracts in January 2011 which will benefi t
underlying fi nance costs. 
See table at top of page 23.

Results for the year ended 31 December 2010

The results for the year ended 31 December 2010 refl ect the 
improved conditions in the UK commercial property market 
in 2010. This is most clearly illustrated by the 11.0 per cent
revaluation gain on the Group’s UK shopping centres in the year. 
However, the general economic environment remains challenging 
and it is therefore encouraging that the Group achieved growth
in both like-for-like net rental income and against the comparable 
2009 underlying earnings per share, two of the Group’s key 
measures of performance.

Income statement

The Group recorded a profi t for the period of £529 million, 
a substantial improvement on the loss of £370 million recorded
in the year ended 31 December 2009.

The £446 million profi t from continuing operations in the year 
contrasts favourably with the £187 million loss recorded in 2009. 
The 2010 results include a £501 million gain on property 
valuations which is partially offset by a £50 million non-cash 
charge due to the movement in the fair value of derivative
fi nancial instruments. In contrast, the 2009 loss included 
a signifi cant defi cit on property valuations, £535 million,
which was partially compensated by a £400 million favourable 
movement in the fair value of derivative fi nancial instruments.

Those businesses classifi ed as discontinued operations, 
which are detailed above, contributed a profi t of £83 million 
in the period, largely due to property valuation gains.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010
Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC
Annual Report 2010

23

Pro forma balance sheet post Trafford Centre acquisition

Investment, development and trading properties

Investments

Net external debt

Other assets and liabilities

C&C US net assets

Net assets

Minority interest

Attributable to equity shareholders

Fair value of derivatives (net of tax)

Other adjustments

Net assets (diluted, adjusted)

Net external debt

Debt to assets ratio

Diluted, adjusted NAV per share

31 December
2010
£m

Completion of
sale of C&C US
£m

Impact of The
Trafford Centre
acquisition
£m

Pro forma
31 December
2010
£m

–

1,642.4

5,076.5

45.2

(2,436.5)

(539.2)

147.3

2,293.3

(19.9)

2,273.4

314.9

88.7

2,677.0

(2,436.5)

48%

390p

179.3 

(4.8)

(12.1)

(147.3)

15.1

–

15.1

–

(33.2)

(18.1)

(5.9)

(747.3)

(99.0)

–

6,718.9

218.6

(3,188.6)

(650.3)

–

790.2

3,098.6

–

790.2

24.1

–

814.3

(19.9)

3,078.7

339.0

55.5

3,473.2

(3,188.6)

47%

390p

* 

 The gain on sale of C&C US of £25.8 million comprises the increase of £15.1 million attributable to equity shareholders above plus £10.7 million of foreign exchange
gains that have previously been taken directly to equity but are required to be recycled through the income statement on disposal.

**   The other adjustment of £33.2 million is the difference between the deferred tax liabilities as a result of the disposal of C&C US. Such deferred tax liabilities are 

added back in the calculation of diluted, adjusted net assets.

Underlying earnings, as shown in the chart, which excludes 
valuation and exceptional items, increased by £22 million to £97
million. However, the growth in underlying earnings per share 
was restricted by the issue of 256 million new shares in the 2009
capital raises, resulting in the increase being restricted to 0.3 
pence per share from 15.1 pence to 15.4 pence.

The Group’s net rental income which increased by 4 per cent 
to £277 million in the year benefi tted from the income generated 
by the new developments at St David’s, Cardiff and the
St Andrew’s Way mall at Eldon Square, and an encouraging 
return to like-for-like growth in the second half of the year. 
More detail on the rental performance is included in the 
Business review.

Administration expenses, excluding the £16 million exceptional 
costs, reduced from £26 million in 2009 to £23 million in 2010. 
The saving largely resulted from tight cost control and lower 
pension costs compared to 2009. In addition, costs, in 
particular employee related, have been reduced following
the demerger of Capco in May 2010.

Underlying net fi nance costs, which exclude exceptional
items, reduced by £10 million in 2010, with the benefi t 
of the treasury strategy of loan prepayments and interest 
rate swap amendments more than offsetting the £15 million 
reduction in capitalised interest compared to 2009 following 
completion of the developments at St David’s, Cardiff and
Eldon Square, Newcastle.

Underlying earnings bridge 2009 – 2010

5

-6

10

97

3

10

75

£m
100

80

60

40

20

2009

NRI –
 CSC

Administration
expenses

Net
finance
costs

C&C US

Other

2010

24 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010
Annual Report 2010

Financial review 
Continued

Exceptional costs incurred in the year included fi nance costs
of £66 million incurred in the fi rst half of the year largely on 
interest rate swap amendment costs, £28 million of which
was in connection with the re-fi nancing of the Lakeside facility. 
Expenses relating to the Capco demerger amounted to £8
million in the period. These costs are classifi ed as exceptional 
administration costs. Exceptional administration costs in 2010
also include £4 million of costs relating to the acquisition of The
Trafford Centre with the balance relating to the disposal of C&C 
US. Further costs relating to the Trafford Centre acquisition and
related fi nancial advice of £15 million were incurred in January 
2011 and will be included in the Group’s 2011 results.

Balance sheet

The Group’s net assets attributable to equity shareholders 
have reduced from the £2.4 billion disclosed in the 2009 Annual
Report to £2.3 billion, with the reduction in net assets resulting 
from the demerger of Capco more than offsetting the impact 
of the increase in property values recorded in 2010 and equity 
capital raised. A pro forma balance sheet analysis prepared as 
if the demerger and proposed sale of C&C US had occurred at
31 December 2009 indicates that the net assets at 31 December 
2009 were £1.7 billion.

As detailed in the table below, net assets (diluted, adjusted) 
have increased by £530 million with the property valuation gain
of £501 million being the most signifi cant factor in the increase.

Investment, development 
and trading properties

Investments

Net external debt

Other assets and liabilities

C&C US net assets

Net assets

Minority interest

31 December
2010
£m

Pro forma
31 December
2009
£m

5,076.5

4,618.0

45.2

39.1

(2,436.5)

(2,521.6)

(539.2)

(582.7)

147.3

127.3

2,293.3

1,680.1

(19.9)

–

Attributable to equity shareholders

2,273.4

1,680.1

Fair value of derivatives (net of tax)

Other adjustments

Adjusted net assets

Effect of dilution

314.9

88.7

282.2

83.8

2,677.0

2,046.1

–

101.3

Net assets (diluted, adjusted)

2,677.0

2,147.4

*  The pro forma analysis removes the Capco balances that were demerged and
re-classifi es the C&C US assets as held-for-sale, further details are included in
the Other information section of this report.

The investments of £45.2 million as at 31 December 2010 
largely comprises the Group’s interests in India, being a 25 per
cent interest in the shopping centre developer, Prozone, and

a 9.9 per cent interest in the listed Indian retailer, Provogue,
our joint venture partner in Prozone. The Aurangabad centre 
(800,000 sq. ft.), Prozone’s fi rst centre, which opened in 
October last year, has continued to trade satisfactorily with over 
150,000 weekly visitors on average. The number of retailers 
trading is expected to increase from 74 currently to around 90 
by March 2011 with the multiplex cinema due to open in April. 
Prozone anticipates starting work shortly on the Coimbatore 
project where good progress is being made on design and
signing anchor stores. The Nagpur project is planned to 
follow thereafter. 

The fair value provision for fi nancial derivatives, principally 
interest rate swaps, included in other assets and liabilities 
above, increased by £25 million largely as a consequence 
of the continued low UK interest rate environment. The most 
signifi cant factor in the elimination of the effect of dilution 
from 31 December 2009 is the repayment of the £75 million 
convertible bonds in September 2010, rather than their 
conversion to equity capital.

Adjusted net assets per share

As illustrated in the chart below, diluted adjusted net assets 
per share of 390 pence at 31 December 2010 represents an 
increase of 15 per cent compared to the 31 December 2009 
pro forma value of 339 pence. The increase is attributable to the 
property valuation gain, partially offset by the 2009 fi nal dividend 
and the exceptional costs. The other reduction of 9 pence is
due to the repayment of the convertible bonds, as noted above, 
and the impact of the capital raise in November 2010.

rr
Net assets per share (diluted, adjusted) bridge 
31 December 2009 – 31 December 2010 
pence

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

14

-12

73

-15

-9

390

339

31 Dec
2009
pro forma

rr

Revaluation
surplus

Underlying
earnings

Exceptional
costs

Dividend
paid

Other 

31 Dec
2010

The uplift of 14 pence resulting fr
rr
om underlying ear
rr
earnings per share of 15.4 pence due to using the shar
es in issue at 31 December in this table 
rr
nings per share.
rather than the weighted average shares in issue to calculate the underlying ear

nings is slightly lower than the underlying 

rr

rr

 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010
Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC
Annual Report 2010

25

Cash fl ow

The cash fl ow summary below shows a substantial reduction 
in the Group’s cash balance in the period. This is due to the
impact of the demerger and the strategy to minimise low income 
yielding cash held on the balance sheet through repayment
of debt.

Underlying operating cash generated

Net fi nance charges paid

Exceptional fi nance and other costs

Net movement in working capital

Taxation/REIT entry charge

Cash fl ow from operations

Property development/investments

Sale proceeds of property/investments

Other derivative fi nancial instruments

Pension buy-out

Dividends

Cash fl ow before fi nancing
and equity raises

Net debt repaid

Equity capital raised

Impact of discontinued operations

Others

2010
£m

250.7

(161.3)

(81.9)

(8.3)

(37.9)

(38.7)

(51.6)

74.8

(26.2)

–

(102.2)

(143.9)

(171.6)

222.4

(248.7)

21.7

2009
£m

252.9

(166.8)

(38.6)

(2.6)

(32.0)

12.9

(189.8)

23.3

–

(15.5)

(23.0)

(192.1)

865.7

67.5

(8.3)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash 
and cash equivalents

(320.1)

491.8

The table below illustrates that recurring operating cash fl ow
does not cover the dividend in the year. Cash generation will 
increase as the impact of rent free periods and incentives
granted at recently completed developments reduce. 
Also, cash fl ows from the US were affected by the fi nalisation 
process of the Equity One transaction. It is anticipated that
the Group will start to receive dividends from its Equity One 
investment in 2011.

Dividends – cash cover

Underlying operating cash generated

Dividends received from C&C US (net of tax)

Net fi nance charges excluding exceptional items 

Net movement in working capital

Recurring cash fl ow

2010 total dividends of 15.0p

2010
Pence per
share

39.9

0.3

(25.7)

(1.3)

13.2

15.0

2010 investment in property related assets was mainly limited 
to existing 2009 commitments, with the most signifi cant 
expenditure in the period being in respect of St David’s, 
Cardiff (£13 million), Eldon Square (£12 million) and Braehead 
(£5 million). A further £4 million was spent to increase the 
Group’s existing investment in India.

Cash proceeds from the disposal of properties and investments 
generated £75 million, including £54 million net proceeds 
received from the disposal of Westgate, Oxford.

Net debt repayments of £172 million are discussed in the 
Debt structure and maturity section below.

Capital commitments

The Group has an aggregate commitment to capital projects of 
£90 million at 31 December 2010, down from the £124 million, 
excluding the Capco commitments, at 31 December 2009. 
The largest project within the outstanding commitments 
relates to fi nalisation of the St David’s, Cardiff shopping centre 
project including the associated residential development, 
which will be funded through the loan facility secured on 
St David’s, Cardiff. In addition to the committed expenditure, 
the Group has identifi ed £128 million, including £50 million at 
The Trafford Centre, of active asset management opportunities. 
It is anticipated that £31 million relating to these projects 
will be incurred in 2011.

The Group’s debt is largely arranged on an asset-specifi c basis, 
with limited or non-recourse from the borrowing entities to other 
Group companies. This structure permits the Group a high 
degree of fi nancial fl exibility in dealing with debt issues and 
importantly avoids the concentration of covenant and refi nancing
risk associated with a single group-wide borrowing. The fl exibility 
of this debt structure was evidenced by the success in obtaining, 
where required, lender consent to proceed with the demerger.

In addition to the asset-specifi c debt, the Group has a corporate 
revolving credit facility of £248 million, which is available until 
June 2013 and can be utilised to fund opportunities before 
they reach the stage that they can support their own fi nancing 
arrangements. This facility, which was utilised to fund working 
capital requirements during the year, was undrawn at 
31 December 2010.

Net external debt decreased from £2,522 million at 31 December 
2009 to £2,437 million at 31 December 2010. The largest factor 
in the decrease is the £216 million net proceeds received from 
the capital raise completed in November 2010.

The Group had cash balances of £222 million at 31 December 
2010. Available undrawn facilities at that date total £331 million, 
consisting of the £248 million revolving credit facility and 
approximately £83 million undrawn on the joint venture asset 
specifi c loan on St David’s, Cardiff. In January 2011 £56 million 
of the St David’s, Cardiff loan was drawn which, combined 
with the acquisition of The Trafford Centre, gives the Group 
headroom of c. £500 million.

(241.0)

Financial position

26 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010
Annual Report 2010

Financial review 
Continued

Group debt ratios were as follows:

Debt to assets

Interest cover

Weighted average 
debt maturity

Weighted average cost
of gross debt

Proportion of gross debt with 
interest rate protection

31 December
2010

Pro forma
31 December
2010

Pro forma
31 December
2009

48%

156%

47%

N/A

55%

141%

5.8 years 8.0 years 5.5 years

5.7%

5.9%

6.0%

94%

95%

104%

* 

 The pro forma fi gures include The Trafford Centre balances following the 
acquisition which was completed on 28 January 2011.

**   The pro forma fi gures remove the Capco balances that were demerged

and the C&C US balances now held for sale.

The debt to assets ratio was 48 per cent, a substantial
improvement on the pro forma level of 55 per cent at 
31 December 2009. Adjusting for The Trafford Centre 
acquisition to give indicative pro forma fi gures results in:

•  the debt to assets ratio reducing to 47 per cent from

48 per cent as at 31 December 2010

•  the weighted average debt maturity increasing to 8.0 years

from 5.8 years as at 31 December 2010

•  the weighted average cost of gross debt increasing to 
5.9 per cent from 5.7 per cent as at 31 December 2010

•  proportion of gross debt with interest rate protection

increasing to 95 per cent from 94 per cent at 
31 December 2010

Debt structure and maturity

Debt maturity profile

£m

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018+

The chart reflects the pro forma position as at the 31 December 2010, adjusted for 
rr
the aquisition of The Traffor
’
s, 
rr
ff d Centr
e and the £56 million drawdown of the St David’
rr
yy
ff loan facility
, both of which ocur
Cardirr
f

red in January 2011. 

ff drr

Traffor
CSC

The signifi cant repayments of Group debt during 2010 were 
£36 million of scheduled loan amortisation plus a voluntary 
£48 million prepayment on the loan secured on Victoria Centre, 
Nottingham and the £75 million of convertible bonds.

In 2011 and 2012, the Group has no debt maturities other than 
scheduled amortisation. £27 million of unsecured bonds mature 
in 2013 with the next maturity of secured loans being £56 million 
in 2014. The undrawn revolving credit facility of £248 million and 
the facility secured on St David’s, Cardiff mature in 2013 and 
2014 respectively.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010
Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC
Annual Report 2010

27

Financial covenants

Full details of the loan fi nancial covenants are included in the 
Other information section of this report.

Financial covenants apply to £2.5 billion of secured asset-
specifi c debt. The two main covenants are Loan to Value (LTV)
and Interest Cover (IC). The actual requirements vary and are 
specifi c to each loan.

As noted in the Interim Report in the fi rst half of 2010 the Group
made asset-specifi c loan prepayments of £48 million and 
£36 million of swap repayments to reduce fi nancial covenant risk. 
A further £34 million of CMBS notes, which were owned by a 
Group company since issuance, were cancelled at zero cash 
cost to the Group. £2 million was injected into Xscape Braehead
Partnership in April 2010, as part of a loan prepayment and
covenant moderation agreement which included the Loan 
to Value covenant being waived until 2012.

The Group is in compliance with all of its corporate and
asset-specifi c loan covenants.

During the year a new £248 million revolving credit facility was 
put in place with maturity in June 2013. This renegotiation also 
resulted in reduced borrowing costs and improved fi nancial 
covenants. These fi nancial covenants are tested semi-annually
on a number of the Group’s companies, defi ned as the Borrower 
Group, and all tests are currently satisfi ed.

There is a minimum capital cover and interest cover condition
applicable to the £231 million mortgage debenture tested 
semi-annually. Both tests were satisfi ed at 31 December 2010,
the latest test date. Compliance with fi nancial covenants is
and will continue to be constantly monitored.

Re-fi nancing activity

The £546 million loan and associated CMBS notes secured on  
Lakeside, Thurrock were scheduled to mature in July 2011 but
were re-fi nanced in January 2010 with a new £525 million, seven
year loan maturing in 2017 to take advantage of the
improvement in bank liquidity and reduce near term refi nancing
risk.

At the time of prepayment the loan had a funding cost of 
5.5 per cent. The new loan was partially hedged in 2010, with
a signifi cant exposure to low variable interest rates which was 
a factor in reducing the Group’s average cost of debt from
6.0 per cent to 5.7 per cent. The hedging arrangements
require an increasing level of protection from 60 per cent 
in 2010, to 75 per cent in 2011 and 2012, and 90 per cent 
thereafter until maturity.

As indicated in the circular issued in connection with the 
acquisition of The Trafford Centre, the Group has repaid the 
£81 million loan secured on Barton Square and also utilised 
£34 million of cash to re-profi le certain interest rate swap 
contracts in January 2011.

Interest rate hedging and fair 
value of fi nancial instruments

At 31 December 2010 the fair value of the Group’s derivative 
fi nancial instruments was a net liability of £340 million. This 
liability includes the Group’s derivative contracts to hedge both 
interest rate and currency risk. During the period scheduled 
derivative payments of £97 million were made plus £64 million 
of interest rate swap prepayments. However lower sterling 
interest rates resulted in the liability increasing by £25 million 
from the comparable pro forma balance at the end of 2009.

At 31 December 2010 the Group’s gross debt was 94 per cent 
hedged by a combination of fi xed rate debt or fl oating rate debt 
with rate protection through interest rate swaps and interest 
rate caps. Whilst interest rate swaps fi x the interest rate payable 
and provide certainty over future cash fl ows, interest rate caps
allow the Group certainty on the upper level of interest rate 
payable but also benefi t from participating in the current low 
rate environment.

Following completion of the Equity One transaction, the Group 
is reviewing its currency hedging policy and therefore the 
existing currency swaps may not be renewed as they mature.

Taxation

Since the Group became a UK REIT on 1 January 2007, the 
Group has made REIT entry charge payments of £147 million, 
including payments made in respect of Capco prior to 
demerger, with £42 million paid in 2010. The remaining balance 
of £21 million will be paid in 2011. The fi nancial benefi ts to date 
have amounted to £173 million, comprising net rental income 
and capital gains sheltered from UK tax. In addition, 
an estimated £33 million will be payable in respect of 
The Trafford Centre.

The tax charge on continuing operations in the period of 
£1 million comprises the REIT entry fi nancing charge of 
£3 million partially offset by deferred tax credits on the 
revaluation of interest rate swaps.

The total tax charge on discontinued operations of £12 million 
comprises £10 million deferred tax on the revaluation of the 
C&C US properties and £2 million of irrecoverable withholding 
tax suffered on dividends paid by C&C US.

Matthew Roberts
Finance Director

23 February 2011

28 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010
Annual Report 2010

Key risks and uncertainties

The key risks and uncertainties facing the Group are set out in the table below:

Risk

Financing

Liquidity

Description

Reduced availability

Economic and property market downturn

Interest cover

Market price risk of fi xed rate derivatives

REIT

Group’s ordinary shares are dual-listed

Joint Ventures

Asset Management

TTenants

VVoids

Reputation

Property values decrease
Reduction in rental income
Macro economic conditions deteriorate 

Interest rates fl uctuate

Interest rates fl uctuate resulting in signifi cant assets and/or liabilities 
on derivative contracts 

Breach REIT conditions
PID requirements

The Group’s ordinary shares are listed on the London and 
Johannesburg stock exchanges

Reliance on JV partners’ performance and reporting

Tenant failure

Increased voids, failure to let developments

Responsibility for visitors to shopping centres

Failure of Health & Safety

Business interruption

Lost access to centres or head offi ce

People/HR

Staff

Developments

TTime

Loss of key staff

Planning

Cost and letting risk

Construction cost overrun, low occupancy levels

Strategy

Defi ning and executing the Group’s strategy

Inappropriate strategy defi ned or poor execution of strategic plans

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010
Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC
Annual Report 2010

29

Impact

Mitigation

Insuffi cient funds to meet operational and 
fi nancing needs

Capital raisings have enhanced liquidity position
Regular reporting of current and projected position to the Board
Effi cient treasury management and active credit control process

Impact on covenants and other loan
agreement obligations

Regular monitoring of LTV and IC covenants and other obligations 
Covenant headroom monitored and maintained; regular market valuations; 
focus on quality assets

Lack of certainty over interest costs

Hedging to establish long term certainty

Potential cash outfl ow if derivative contract
contains break clause

Manage derivative contracts to achieve a balance between hedging interest rate 
exposure and minimising potential cash calls

Tax penalty or be forced to leave 
the REIT regime
Requirement to pay 90 per cent of income 
restricts ability to retain cash for investment

Regular monitoring of compliance and tolerances

Alternative sources of investment funding constantly under review

Additional complexity when assessing 
options for capital raising

Professional advice sought in both jurisdictions to ensure Group capital needs 
are met in optimal manner

Partners underperform or provide 
incorrect information

Agreements in place and regular communication with partners

Financial loss

Financial loss

Initial and subsequent assessment of tenant covenant strength
Active credit control process

Policy of active tenant mix management

Impact on reputation or potential
criminal/civil proceedings

Annual audits carried out by independent external consultants
Health & Safety policies in place

Impact on footfall and tenant income
Adverse publicity

Documented Business Recovery Plans in place
Security team training and procedure in shopping centres
Terrorism risks monitored

Adverse impact on the Group’s performance

Succession planning; performance evaluation; 
training and development; incentives and rewards

Securing planning consent 
for developments

Policy of sustainable development and regeneration of brownfi eld sites
Constructive dialogue with planning authorities

Returns reduced by increased costs
or delay in securing tenants

Approval process based on detailed project costs; regular monitoring and 
forecasting of project costs and rental income; fi xed cost contracts

Financial loss
Sub-optimal returns
Reputational impact

Experienced management team familiar with shopping centre industry
Use of research and third party diligence expertise as required
Board review process 

30 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Corporate responsibility

Introduction

Capital Shopping Centres Group (CSC) 
has developed a comprehensive annual 
Corporate Responsibility (CR) report which
is published on the Group website at
www.capital-shopping-centres.co.uk/cr.rr
This report sets out all our environmental 
and community engagement initiatives and 
the data underpinning them. Recognised 
by our achievement in 2010 of the coveted
BitC CommunityMark, held by only 
38 UK companies, our CR report is both 
wide-ranging and business focused and 
is subject to detailed external verifi cation by
Bureau Veritas. The following represents
a brief high level review of our ongoing
CR initiatives and the full story can be 
viewed via the web link given above.

Marking our commitment

CSC is focused purely on prime regional shopping centres. 
These assets take time to assemble and are intended to be 
commercial and social hubs for the communities they serve. 
As such they represent long-term investments for us and for 
everyone who interacts with them including customers, retailers, 
suppliers and other local stakeholders including local authorities 
and residential communities. As the largest owner of such 
centres in the UK CSC has the opportunity to work with people 
in many locations. The issues faced by these communities are 
often strikingly similar.

We retained our ranking in all the external indices with which 
we have engaged for several years. In addition to the BitC 
Corporate Responsibility Index, FTSE4Good, JSE SRI Index, 
Dow Jones Sustainability Indexes and the Carbon Disclosure 
Project we were delighted during 2010 to achieve a signifi cant 
new community engagement award (BitC CommunityMark) 
and a valuable certifi cation acknowledging CSC’s thorough 
approach to energy and carbon management (Carbon Trust 
Standard).

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

31

Environment

Promoting the green approach

CSC has spent a very considerable amount of time and staff 
have also demonstrated their own personal commitment to 
comply with the requirements of the UK Carbon Reduction
Commitment Energy Effi ciency Scheme (CRC). The real estate 
sector along with other commercial energy users is disappointed
that the positive and competitive aspects of the CRC have
been removed, without consultation, by the recent Government 
Comprehensive Spending Review, leaving us to deal with what 
is simply a carbon tax. Notwithstanding these changes, CSC 
has achieved the strongest bases available for CRC compliance 
by successfully achieving the Carbon Trust Standard
certifi cation in April 2010.

Our centres continue to deploy relevant technology to optimise 
effi cient energy use and to explore new ways to bear down on 
energy demands. Water has been described as the new oil; and
CSC is working at all our centres to ensure that unnecessary 
water use is minimised and the recycling of rain and other water
(grey water) is promoted. We have set up a Carbon Alternative 
Review Group, drawing together different segments of our 
business, to explore the next generation of low carbon/carbon
neutral sources of energy, commission expert advice and carry 
out trials as appropriate.

Green partnerships – Braehead,
The Harlequin, The Glades, Lakeside

The good of the environment is also promoted when waste, of 
all types, is reduced. We continue to place great importance on
driving annual improvements in the volumes of waste generated 
at the centres which go to be recycled rather than disposed of 
by other means. We are proud to report an increased volume 
of waste sent for recycling: at 71% in 2010 up from 56% in 2009. 
Useful linkages have been made between community and 
environmental issues in our CR programme. We have worked 
with BTCV for several years and support Green Gyms near 
Braehead and The Harlequin. These projects promote care for 
local public green spaces and give healthy outdoor volunteering
opportunities to people who will directly benefi t from the
experience and the chance to engage with others living and
working locally. As a founder member of the new Bromley
Environmental Partnership, The Glades is piloting water saving 
measures at the centre and, with CSC at Group level, is working 
with Bromley Council and BTCV to launch a new Green Gym for 
local people in the Penge area. CSC supports sustainable travel
options and maintains Sustainable Travel Plans for all our 
directly managed centres. Building on from this and our work 
with the national cycling charity, Sustrans, Lakeside was proud 
to sponsor the 2010 Lakeside and West Thurrock Cycle Map
published by Thurrock Council.

Breakdown of waste disposal routes

% of total waste
80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

% Landfill
% Energy from waste

% Recycled

Directly managed shopping centres GHGe emissions

GHGe (Tonnes)
50,000

45,000

40,000

35,000

30,000

25,000

20,000

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2009 Restated to reflect revised data reporting period.

Watford Green Gym

32 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Corporate responsibility
Continued

Community

Continuous community engagement

Cadet150 – Braehead

Hours of community support

2006

4,300

2007

3,728

2008

4,510

2009

5,330

2010

3,750

Charitable donations £

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

176,000

271,000

290,000

309,000

223,000

Total cash equivalent community support £

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

931,000

1,243,000

1,365,000

1,337,000

1,881,000

CSC runs a wide-ranging programme of projects and initiatives 
working closely with stakeholders in the communities served 
by our directly managed shopping centres. The positive impact
of these locally tailored projects has helped us to gain the 
BitC CommunityMark. 

These are just two examples of our 2010 projects. Full coverage
of all those undertaken during the year can be found 
at: www.capital-shopping-centres.co.uk/cr

2010 saw the celebration of the 150th Anniversary of the Armed 
Forces Cadet Movement during which the Army, Royal Navy 
and Royal Air Force combined to showcase the aims, objectives 
and achievements of all three cadet forces in Cadet150, a year-
long, nationwide series of events. Our long-standing support of 
the Sea Cadets provided the catalyst for CSC to sponsor and 
host one of the high-profi le national celebrations at Braehead. 
The culmination of more than two years’ planning took place 
at Braehead in April when the shopping centre welcomed 
participants to a weekend of activities including musical 
parades, exhibitions, demonstrations and displays of drill and 
other skills. More than 300 cadets took part together with 
leaders and instructors. Representatives from the west of 
Scotland community, including local government, joined families 
and friends of the young people involved and the two-day event 
was enjoyed by thousands of shoppers visiting Braehead.

Create – The Harlequin

Create is a dynamic charity that uses the creative arts to help 
transform the lives of the most disadvantaged and vulnerable 
people in our society. Using professional artists – such as 
musicians, dancers, writers and actors – Create develops 
and delivers an extensive, UK-wide programme of education 
and community activities across all art forms.

Empowering young people to contribute to a fairer, safer, more 
tolerant, more caring society in the areas we serve is at the core 
of our corporate responsibility stakeholder programme. Create 
designed a project specifi cally to team up students from a 
mainstream secondary school, Parmiter’s School, Garston, 
with a special secondary school, Breakspeare School, Abbots 
Langley, both serving the Watford area.

The Harlequin supported the project, “sound:images”, designed 
to break down barriers, build friendships, enhance life experiences 
and increase self-fulfi lment for two sets of young people. The 
project consisted of two elements, photography and music.

The preparation and hard work culminated in two joint 
performances by students of Parmiter’s and Breakspeare 
schools on 16 July 2010, hosted by The Harlequin in the malls. 
The shows met with an emotional and rousing response from 
the audience which included Dorothy Thornhill, Elected Mayor 
of Watford, parents of the students and shoppers.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

33

Supporting business philanthropy

In a completely different setting, CSC’s long-term support
for young people is shown by our continuing support for the
Engaging Experience Philanthropy Network gatherings in
London where younger workers in the City and a broad cross-
section of those who have founded and acted as the energy
centres in charitable initiatives, not only in London but across
the country, can meet and discuss the problems and opportunities
faced by the Third Sector. The Network also champions
charities that are developing winning approaches to very diffi cult
social issues and profi les case studies which could inspire and
inform others.

BitC CommunityMark – joining a select group 
of UK companies

The BitC CommunityMark programme is unique. It gives 
special prominence to corporate community engagement
initiatives and once the award has been gained it is valid for
three years and creates a stimulating partnership between the
winning organisation and the BitC CommunityMark assessors.
This ensures that the best practice of the winner is further
developed and supported. Only 38 organisations have achieved
the CommunityMark and CSC were proud to be announced
as amongst the four 2010 winners last November. Amongst
a complex process of submission and verifi cation the
CommunityMark takes confi dential feedback from employees
and community partners of the organisation submitting for
the award.

CSC scored very highly in these crucial areas. We will continue
to devote a great deal of energy and thought to our community 
engagement which not only contributes directly to the standing
of our business in the eyes of those we serve and amongst all of 
the stakeholders who, in one way or another, invest in our future,
and in the aspirations of those of us employed in the Group, but
also substantially complements the quality of all our endeavours.

Cadet150 celebrations at Braehead

Create at The Harlequin

34 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Corporate responsibility
Continued

People

Health and Safety

Our employees are fundamental to the success of our business
and to the delivery of a high quality service to our shoppers 
and retail occupiers.

Performance 
indicator

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2009
to
31 Dec

2010
to
31 Dec

Total employees

884 374 337 292 268

240

228

Management 
retention (%)

All employee
retention (%)

Management 
female (%)

All employees 
female (%)

86

82

92

90

94

93

91

81

72

86

87

92

91

89

34

40

40

39

39

34

41

41

58

62

62

60

61

64

* 

 Due to the way in which data was analysed until 2009, some data, including HR,
was reported for the year October to September annually. Our data collection
and analysis methods have been improved to allow us now to report CR data for
the corporate year to 31 December annually. For comparative purposes, we
have restated the 2009 calendar year excluding Capital & Counties’ employees.

**   Retention is calculated taking into account unplanned leavers only, i.e., those

employees who left as a result of resignation or dismissal.

Our shopping centre teams and employees throughout the 
business win accolades and awards every year for the quality 
and consistency of their work. These individual and team 
successes have contributed to the achievement of Group 
awards like the BitC CommunityMark. Here are some other 
accolades achieved in 2010:

St David’s Partnership:
International Shopping Centre of the Year, The Global Retail
Leisure International (RLI) Awards

St David’s Partnership:
BCSC Supreme Gold, In-town Retail Scheme (more than
300,000 sq. ft.)

St David’s Partnership:
BCSC Gold, In-town Retail Scheme (more than 300,000 sq. ft.)

Eldon Square:
BCSC Gold, In-town Retail Scheme (more than 300,000 sq. ft.)

The Chimes:
Sceptre Awards, Marketing Manager of the Year –
Michelle Moffi tt

Braehead:
Renfrewshire Council Tidy Business Awards, Tidy Business 
Gold Award

CSC is committed to delivering high standards across all 
aspects of our operations and is acutely aware of the paramount 
need to offer our shoppers a secure and safe environment 
throughout our shopping centres. Equally, we place the highest 
importance on the Health and Safety (H&S) of our occupiers 
and employees working in our properties to provide the safest 
possible environment for shoppers and those working at the 
centres. Every practical step is taken to achieve our objectives, 
including working with the police and industry bodies to ensure 
we respond to heightened security alerts.

Our H&S policy is overseen by the CSC Board and implemented 
through an H&S management system which promotes a strong 
culture of safety consciousness throughout the organisation. 
Since the demerger we have consolidated the devolved 
committees into a single CSC Health & Safety Executive 
Committee. The role of the Committee is to review new legislation, 
oversee H&S progress, review accident reports and disseminate 
policies and considered best practice to operational teams.

As part of the two-way dissemination of information, each 
shopping centre has an H&S forum whose responsibility it is 
to implement policies, monitor all H&S issues, provide feedback 
and report to the Committee. The Operations Manager at each 
centre has delegated responsibility for H&S matters and leads 
the forum. Regular meetings of the Operations Managers take 
place during the year at which H&S is always on the agenda. 
All our H&S activity is monitored by independent external 
advisers. They attend all H&S Committee meetings and 
Operations Managers meetings.

We continue to work to ensure that the disabled facilities in 
our properties meet the requirements of our shoppers and 
occupiers. We monitor impending legislation and plan our 
compliance. Asbestos Management Plans are in place in all 
properties where it is applicable. External audits have been 
undertaken and all recorded asbestos is now confi ned to 
“low risk”.

H&S performance (UK directly managed shopping centres)
RIDDOR incidents (reportable accidents)

2006

29

2007

20

Employees
RIDDOR incidents

2006

3

2007

0

2008

44

2008

0

2009

36

2009

0

2010

55

2010

0

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

35

Key relationships

Various companies within the Group have contractual 
arrangements with a large number of third parties including 
tenants, joint venture partners, service providers and construction 
companies. The Directors do not consider that disclosure of the 
terms of any particular contractual arrangement is necessary 
to provide an understanding of the development, performance 
or position of the Group’s business.

Tenants

CSC is committed to active tenant management and ongoing
investment in its shopping centres with the aim of creating,
through a mix of retail, catering and leisure facilities, a compelling 
choice for both retailers and the shopping public. To achieve
this, proactive relationships with our primary customer, the 
retailer, are essential. Understanding a retailer’s business model 
and needs help inform their space requirements which strengthens 
CSC centres as compelling destinations for shoppers.

Top 20 tenants account for 41 per cent 
of CSC’s rent

Rank  Tenant group

No of
units 

% of
rent

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Arcadia

Next

Boots

HMV

H&M

BHS

Monsoon

Primark

River Island

10 DSG

43

18

17

21

13

11

26

7

12

12

5%

3%

3%

2%

2%

2%

2%

2%

2%

2%

Rank  Tenant group

11 WH Smith

12 Sports World

13 Debenhams

14 Clinton Cards

15 New Look

16 House of Fraser

17 Signet Group

18 Republic

19

JD Sports

20 Superdrug

No of
units 

% of
rent

11

12

5

18

11

4

24

13

12

10

2%

2%

2%

2%

2%

2%

1%

1%

1%

1%

Top 20 tenants total

300 41%

Joint venture partners

The Group is involved in carefully evaluated and fully negotiated
business partnerships with companies of suitable stature having
similar business ethics, both in the UK and overseas. In each of 
the partnerships, CSC insists on board representation to ensure
that we have shared control in the management of the business.

Our partnership with Provogue (India) Limited, “Prozone-CSC”,
works collectively to ensure that appropriate systems are
in place to promote and safeguard health & safety and welfare 
matters of relevance to all those working on the construction 
and subsequent operation of all sites under its control.

Supply chains

A company’s relationships with its supply chains are viewed 
as increasingly important, with an emphasis in the areas
of environmental management, sharing best practice and 
employee development and engagement. We recognise the
wide range of potential impacts arising from our supply chains
as they relate to the development of our property portfolio
and the procurement of the products and services for its
management and operation. To this end, we have established
procedures for working with key suppliers to deliver our
CR objectives.

Our key suppliers are those we have contracted to provide
services at our regional shopping centres. There are two
principal types of services provided; “soft” services – the 
provision of security and cleaning and “hard” services – 
technical services, such as heating, lighting and
building management.

Our existing contractual arrangements, for soft and hard 
services at our directly managed shopping centres, come to
an end on 31 March 2011 and during 2010 we undertook an
exhaustive tendering process to sign a new fi ve-year contract
with two companies which share our high standards of business
ethics and people values. Our three companies together will
form an industry leading Facilities Management Alliance which
will seek to continually improve services standards whilst
containing costs through collaboration, driving innovation
and sharing best practice.

36 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Board of Directors

Chairman and Executive Directors

Patrick Burgess MBE 
Chairman
Age 66

David Fischel
Chief Executive
Age 52

Kay Chaldecott
Executive Director, Property 
Age 48

Matthew Roberts 
Finance Director
Age 47

Qualifi ed as a chartered accountant 
in 1983. Joined the Group in 1985, 
appointed Finance Director in 1988, 
Managing Director in 1992 and 
Chief Executive in March 2001.

Joined the Group in 1984, since 
when she has worked on all of 
CSC’s UK shopping centres 
with experience in investment, 
leasing and retailer relationships, 
development, asset management 
and property management. 
Chairman of CSC London which 
has responsibility for ten of the 
Group’s fourteen centres.

Joined the Group on 17 May 2010
and was formally appointed to the
Board on 3 June 2010. Previously
the Finance Director of Debenhams 
plc from 1996 to 2003, where he 
managed its 1998 IPO and ran its
international business and property 
function. From 2004 to 2008 
Matthew was Chief Financial Offi cer
of Gala, subsequently Gala Coral
Group Ltd, and led a number 
of acquisitions and fundraisings 
including the creation of a 
£3 billion debt package following
the acquisition of Coral.

Appointed a Non-Executive Director
of the Group in 2001 and Chairman
on 1 August 2008. Qualifi ed as a 
solicitor in 1992 and became a 
Partner in Gouldens in 1974, serving 
as head of the Corporate Department
for 14 years and Senior Partner for
six, culminating with the merger of 
Gouldens with Jones Day in 2003, 
from which he retired in 2007.
Mr Burgess is also a Non-Executive
Director of Standard Bank PLC, 
has a wide experience of business 
and has been active in a number 
of charitable and community
organisations.

Chairman of the Capital 
Projects Committee

Chairman of the Nomination
and Review Committee

Chairman of the CR Committee

Committees: 

Capital Projects Committee

Audit Committee

Nomination and Review Committee

CR Committee

Remuneration Committee

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

37

Non-Executive Directors

John Abel
Age 66

Richard Gordon
Age 52

Ian Henderson CBE 
Age 67

Andrew Huntley 
Age 72

John Abel was appointed as a 
Non-Executive Director in 2010.
Until his retirement in 2005, he was 
Managing Director of CSC, having 
commenced his career with CSC
in 1972. He was a Non-Executive
Director of the Group from 2005 
to 2008.

Richard Gordon was appointed
as a Non-Executive Director of the
Group upon completion of the
demerger of the Capital & Counties
business in May 2010. He is the son 
of the Group’s President for Life,
Sir Donald Gordon. He was a 
Non-Executive Director of CSC
between 1996 and 2006.

Appointed a Non-Executive Director 
on 8 July 2009. Andrew Huntley is
a Chartered Surveyor whose career 
with Richard Ellis commenced some
40 years ago. He was Chairman of 
Richard Ellis from 1993 until 2002. 
He was a Non-Executive Director at 
Pillar Property plc from 2000–2005 
and is currently Non-Executive
Chairman of Metric Property 
Investment PLC and a Non-
Executive Director of Capital & 
Counties Properties PLC and Miller 
Group Limited.

Appointed a Non-Executive 
Director in 2005. Formerly Chief 
Executive of Land Securities PLC 
and has been widely involved 
in industry matters, including 
being a past President of the British 
Property Federation. He is a member 
of the President’s Committee of 
London First, a Trustee of The 
Natural History Museum, a Council 
member of The Royal Albert Hall 
and Chairman of the Governors 
of the Dolphin Square Foundation. 
He is also Chairman of Evans 
Management Limited and of Ishaan 
Real Estate PLC. A Non-Executive 
Director and Deputy Chairman of 
Capital & Counties Properties PLC. 

Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee

Rob Rowley 
Senior Independent Director
Age 61

Appointed a Non-Executive Director
in 2004. Senior Independent 
Director. Formerly Executive Deputy 
Chairman of Cable & Wireless plc
and a Non-Executive Director of 
Prudential plc where 
he chaired the Audit Committee. 
He joined Reuters Group plc in 
1978, and was an Executive Director 
between 1990 and 2001 and 
Finance Director from 1990 to 2000. 
Currently a Non-Executive Director 
of Taylor Wimpey plc.

Chairman of the Audit
Committee

Neil Sachdev 
Age 52

Andrew Strang
Age 58

Appointed a Non-Executive Director
in November 2006. Formerly 
Property Director for Tesco PLC 
which he joined in 1978, he became 
Commercial Director for J Sainsbury 
PLC in March 2007, and was 
subsequently appointed Property 
Director in June 2010. He is 
Chairman of the Institute of 
Grocery Distribution.

Appointed a Non-Executive Director 
on 8 July 2009. Andrew Strang 
was the Managing Director of 
Threadneedle Property Investments
Limited until January 2008. He is
Chairman of Hermes Real Estate
Investment Management Limited,
a Director of the British Property 
Federation and a Non-Executive 
Director of Capital & Counties
Properties PLC. He is a member
of the Norges Bank Investment
Real Estate Advisory Board and
a member of the Investment and
Governance Committees at AEW 
UK, a trading name of AEW Europe
LLP. He is a Chartered Surveyor
having started his career with
Richard Ellis in 1975.

John Whittaker 
Deputy Chairman
Age 68

Appointed a Non-Executive Director 
and Deputy Chairman of the Group 
in January 2011. Mr Whittaker is 
Chairman of the Peel Group which 
he founded in 1971 and is a highly 
regarded real estate investor. 
His appointment to the Board 
followed the acquisition by CSC of 
The Trafford Centre, Manchester 
from the Peel Group, a leading UK 
infrastructure, transport and real 
estate enterprise with assets under 
management in excess of £6 billion.

38 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Management team

Corporate/Head Offi ce 

Kate Bowyer Investor Relations Manager

Gary Hoskins Head of Tax

Joined the Group in 2000 as Group Financial Controller and was appointed 
Investor Relations Manager in 2008. She qualifi ed as a Chartered 
Accountant with Coopers & Lybrand (now PricewaterhouseCoopers) 
in 1995, working in their Canadian and corporate fi nance practices.

Claire Combes Head of Risk and Internal Audit

Joined the Group as Head of Risk and Internal Audit in 2009. Qualifi ed as
an ACA with Coopers & Lybrand in 1993 and now focuses on Risk & Audit. 
Previously held Head of Risk and Audit positions in three FTSE 100 and 
large private companies.

Susan Folger Group Company Secretary

Joined the Group as Company Secretary in 2000. Fellow of the Institute
of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators. Commenced her career
at the London Stock Exchange, and has been Company Secretary 
of three FTSE real-estate sector companies prior to joining the Group.

Hugh Ford General Corporate Counsel

Appointed General Corporate Counsel to the Group in 2003. Previously 
he was General Manager Legal at Virgin Atlantic Airways, and before that 
a commercial lawyer with British Airways Plc. He qualifi ed as a solicitor 
in 1992 with Freshfi elds.

Brian Horsfi eld Chief Information and Systems Offi cer

Joined the Group as Chief Information & Systems Offi cer in October 2008. 
Former IS Director of Wolseley UK & Ireland and has over 20 years’ IT 
experience including senior UK and European IT roles.

Joined the Group in 2003. Qualifi ed as a Chartered Accountant with KPMG 
in 1997, working in their property taxation team. A member of the British 
Property Federation’s Taxation and VAT Committees.

Mark Kildea Group Treasurer

Joined the Group in 1995 and was appointed as Group Treasurer in 1998. 
Member of the Association of Corporate Treasurers. He worked in banking 
prior to joining the Group.

Bernie Kingsley Head of Human Resources

Joined the Group as Head of Human Resources in March 2009. Previously 
he was Head of Employee Relations at BAA Airports Limited and has over 
30 years’ experience in HR, leading the function in a range of companies 
in the manufacturing and service sectors.

Alexander Nicoll Director of Corporate Responsibility

Joined the Group as Director of Corporate Responsibility in 2007. Previously 
Head of Internal Communications for the Church of England. Has served in 
London local government and was Lord Mayor of the City of Westminster 
during 2006–2007.

Peter Weir Group Financial Controller

Joined the Group in October 2008 as Group Financial Controller. Previously 
worked in a number of fi nance roles in both listed and privately owned 
companies, lastly before joining the Group as Finance Director – Europe 
at Fidelity International. A member of ICAS.

CSC London

Kay Chaldecott Chairman

See page 36.

Caroline Kirby Property Director

Appointed Property Director for Capital Shopping Centres PLC in October 
2005 and has responsibility for the investment management of the shopping 
centre portfolio.

Has worked for the Group since August 1992 gaining extensive experience
in a wide range of CSC’s regional shopping centres including involvement in
some major investment transactions such as Chapelfi eld, Norwich; Victoria 
Centre, Nottingham; Manchester, Arndale; Cribbs Causeway, Bristol, and 
latterly The Trafford Centre.

CSC Trafford

Mike Butterworth Chairman

Joined the Group as Chairman, CSC Trafford in January 2011. Formerly 
the Property Director of Peel Holdings and the Managing Director of The 
Trafford Centre Ltd. A fellow of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors.

Gordon McKinnon Operations Director

Joined the Group as Operations Director, CSC Trafford in January 2011. 
Spent 20 years in various roles with Marks and Spencer, before taking 
up an assignment with Manchester Millennium Ltd, the task force rebuilding 
Manchester City Centre following the 1996 IRA bomb. Subsequently 
appointed Chief Executive of Manchester City Centre Management 
Company Ltd. He was appointed Director of Operations at The Trafford 
Centre in 2004.

Trevor Pereira Commercial Director

Julian Wilkinson Property Director

Appointed Commercial Director of Capital Shopping Centres PLC in 2007
with responsibilities for shopping centre operations, marketing and supply 
chain, and has subsequently taken responsibility for property management
as well. Previously worked for airport group BAA plc for 21 years, latterly as
Retail and Commercial Director for Heathrow Airport.

Joined the Group as Property Director, CSC Trafford in January 2011, 
responsible for investment and property management. He has held similar 
positions at Director level over the last 15 years as a retailer and landlord. 
He was appointed Director of Property at The Trafford Centre in 2006.

Construction and Development 

Martin Ellis Construction Director

Appointed a Director of Capital Shopping Centres PLC on 1 October 2005.
He initially joined the Group in 1990, before moving to a consultant in 1993 
and returning to CSC in 2000. Appointed in 2008 as Managing Director, 
Liberty International Construction and Development Limited. Following
the demerger of the Capital & Counties business in May 2010, he reverted
to being CSC’s Construction Director responsible for development and 
construction projects.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

39

Directors’ report

The Directors have pleasure in presenting their Annual 
Report and the audited fi nancial statements for the year ended 
31 December 2010.

Principal activities

During the period the principal activity of Capital Shopping 
Centres Group PLC (“CSC”) was that of an investment holding
company incorporated in the United Kingdom whose business
is the management of a portfolio of investments in the property 
sector predominantly, but not exclusively, in the United
Kingdom. CSC has been a Real Estate Investment Trust
(“REIT”) since 1 January 2007.

CSC is the leading specialist developer, owner and manager 
of pre-eminent UK regional shopping centres.

Business review

The Chairman’s statement on pages 6 to 8, the Business review
on pages 12 to 19, the Financial review on pages 22 to 27, and 
Key risks and uncertainties on pages 28 to 29 provide detailed 
information relating to the Group, the operation, development 
and future prospects of the business, the results and fi nancial 
position for the year ended 31 December 2010 and the principal
risks and uncertainties facing the Group. The Corporate
Responsibility review on pages 30 to 35 contains information 
about environmental matters, the Group’s employees and 
social and community matters. The Financial review, accounting 
policies on pages 69 to 72 and note 32 on pages 89 to 95 
contain information on the use of fi nancial instruments.

Dividends

The Directors declared an interim ordinary dividend of 5 pence 
(2009 – 5 pence) per share on 5 August 2010, which was paid 
on 3 November 2010, and have recommended a fi nal ordinary
dividend of 10 pence per share (2009 – 11.5 pence). 

Share capital and control of the Company

Details of the Company’s share capital including changes during 
the year in the issued share capital and details of the rights 
attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares are set out in 
note 35 on page 97. Details of shares repurchased by the 
Company and held as treasury shares are set out in note 37 
on page 98. No shareholder holds securities carrying special 
rights with regards to control of the Company. Shares held by
the Company’s Employee Share Ownership Plan rank pari 
passu with the shares in issue and have no special rights, 
but voting rights and rights of acceptance of any offer relating 
to the shares rest with the Plan’s Trustee and are not exercisable 
by the employees.

There are no restrictions on voting rights or any arrangements 
by which, with the Company’s co-operation, fi nancial rights are 
held by a person other than the shareholder, or any agreements 
between shareholders known to the Company which may 
result in restrictions on the transfer of shares or on voting rights. 

Under a £248 million Revolving Facility agreement dated 
25 February 2009 (as amended by an agreement dated 
19 February 2010) between, amongst others, the Company and 
HSBC Bank PLC (as Agent), on a change of control, if directed 
by the majority lenders, the Agent may by notice to the 
Company cancel the facility and declare all or part of the 
outstanding loans repayable on demand and/or declare all or 
part of the outstanding loans, together with accrued interest and 
all other amounts accrued under the fi nance documents, 
immediately due and payable.

The Company is not party to any other signifi cant agreements 
that would take effect, alter or terminate following a change of 
control of the Company.

The Company does not have any agreements with any 
Executive Director or employee that would provide 
compensation for loss of offi ce or employment resulting from a 
takeover except that provisions of the Company share schemes 
may cause options and awards outstanding under such 
schemes to vest on a takeover. The terms of appointment of the 
Non-Executive Directors provide for a payment equal to their 
basic annual fee in the event of change of control in recognition 
of the additional work involved in such an event.

Going concern

After making enquiries, the Directors have reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. For this reason they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the fi nancial statements.

Shareholders’ attention is drawn to the Going Concern 
disclosure contained in the Notes to the accounts on page 69.

Internal control

The statement on Corporate governance on pages 42 to 50 
includes the Board’s assessment following a review of internal 
controls and consideration of the 2005 Financial Reporting 
Council’s internal control guidance for Directors.

40 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Directors’ report
Continued

Directors

Articles of Association

The Directors of CSC who held offi ce during the year were as 
follows:

Chairman:
D.P.H. Burgess

Executive:
D.A. Fischel
K.E. Chaldecott
E.M.G. Roberts (appointed 3 June 2010)

Non-Executive:
J.G. Abel (appointed 2 June 2010)
R.M. Gordon (appointed 7 May 2010)
I.J. Henderson
AJ.M. Huntley
R.O. Rowley
N. Sachdev
A.D. Strang

Retired during the year:
I.C. Durant (resigned 17 May 2010)
I.D. Hawksworth (resigned 7 May 2010)
G.J. Gordon (resigned 7 May 2010)
M. Rapp (retired 2 June 2010)

Mr R.M. Gordon appointed Mr G.R. Fine as his alternate on 
7 May 2010.

Since the year-end, Mr John Whittaker has been appointed
as a Non-Executive Director and Deputy Chairman with effect 
from 28 January 2011. He has appointed Steven Underwood
as his alternate with effect from 22 February 2011.

In line with provision B.7.1 of the new UK Corporate Governance
Code, the Board has decided that all Directors shall be subject 
to re-election at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Pursuant to the Articles of Association of the Company, the
Company has indemnifi ed the Directors to the full extent
allowed by law. The Company maintains Directors’ and 
Offi cers’ insurance which is reviewed annually. 

Additional information relating to the Directors can be found in 
note 48 on pages 107 to 108 on Directors’ interests, in the
report on Corporate Governance on pages 42 to 50, and in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 51 to 59.

The powers of the Directors are determined by UK legislation 
and the Articles of Association of the Company, together with 
any specifi c authorities that may be given to the Directors by 
shareholders from time to time, such as the power to allot 
shares and the power to make market purchases of the 
Company’s shares which are described in note 35 on page 97. 

The rules governing the appointment and replacement 
of Directors are contained in the Company’s Articles 
of Association. 

Changes to the Articles of Association must be approved by 
shareholders in accordance with the legislation in force from 
time to time.

Substantial shareholdings

As at 16 February 2011 CSC had been notifi ed of the following 
substantial holdings of voting rights over ordinary shares of CSC: 

• Tokenhouse Holdings (IOM) Limited 169,716,817 (19.76%);

•  the family interests of Sir Donald Gordon 92,143,203 (10.73%);

• Coronation Asset Management (Pty) Limited 69,565,717 (8.10%);

•  Public Investment Corporation 35,565,906 (4.14%);

• Simon Property Group, Inc. 35,355,794 (4.12%); and

•  BlackRock, Inc. 34,952,303 (4.07%).

Employees

CSC actively encourages employee involvement and 
consultation and places emphasis on keeping its employees 
informed of the Company’s activities and fi nancial performance 
by such means as employee briefi ngs and publication to all staff 
of relevant information and corporate announcements. 

The annual bonus arrangements help develop employees’ 
interest in the Company’s performance; full details of these 
arrangements are given in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 51 to 59. Note 45 on pages 104 to 106 
contains details of conditional awards of shares under the 
annual bonus scheme and bonus shares currently outstanding, 
as well as outstanding options.

CSC operates a non-discriminatory employment policy and full 
and fair consideration is given to applications for employment 
from people with disabilities or other protected characteristics 
under the Equality Act where they have the appropriate skills 
and abilities and to the continued employment of staff who 
become disabled.

CSC encourages the continuous development and training of 
its employees and the provision of equal opportunities for the 
training and career development of disabled employees and 
those with protected characteristics.

Information relating to employees is given in note 7 on page 74. 
The Group provides retirement benefi ts for the majority of its 
employees. Details of the Group pension arrangements are set 
out in note 46 on page 106.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

41

The environment

Auditors

The auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, have indicated their 
willingness to continue in offi ce and a resolution seeking to 
reappoint them will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting

The notice convening the 2011 Annual General Meeting of the 
Company will be published separately and will be available on 
the Company’s website and distributed to those shareholders 
who have elected to receive hard copies of shareholder
information.

By order of the Board

S. Folger 
Secretary

23 February 2011

The Group has adopted a Corporate Responsibility (“CR”) 
strategy and details of the policy and the Group’s aims and 
activities are given on the Company’s website. An overview
of the Group’s CR activity is printed on pages 30 to 35, 
and a summary booklet is also available for download from 
the website or on request from the Company Secretary’s offi ce.

The Company recognises the importance of minimising the 
adverse impact on the environment of its operations – 
particularly through its shopping centre business and the 
management of energy and water consumption and waste
recycling.

The Company strives continuously to improve its environmental 
performance. The environmental management system and
associated Environmental Policy and Guide are regularly
reviewed to ensure that the Company maintains its commitment
to environmental matters.

During the year, the Group made charitable donations amounting 
to £223,000 (2009 – £309,000). No political donations were
made in the year. In addition, the UK shopping centres provided 
the equivalent of £1,881,000 (2009 – £1,028,000) in community
support, including sponsorship of local causes, support for 
Town Centre management and provision of free mall space 
and services.

Creditor payment policy

The Group’s policy and practice is to pay creditors in 
accordance with agreed terms of business.

The Company does not ordinarily pay its creditors directly as
this is carried out by other companies in the Group. As a result, 
the Company has a nil trade creditor balance and it is not
practical to calculate creditor days for the Company as at 
31 December 2010 (2009 – nil trade creditor balance).

Directors’ disclosure of information to 
the auditors

So far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit
information of which the auditors are unaware and each 
Director has taken all reasonable steps to make himself or 
herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish 
that the auditors are aware of that information. 

42 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Corporate governance

The disclosures required under DTR 7.2 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules are contained in this report, except for those required under DTR 7.2.6 which are 
contained in the Directors’ report

Introduction by Chairman of the Audit Committee

2010 has been another extremely
challenging year for Capital Shopping
Centres, with two major transactions 
successfully completed – the demerger of 
Capital & Counties Properties PLC in May 
2010 and the acquisition of The Trafford 
Centre which completed in January 2011.

I am pleased to report that the Group 
complied in full with the Combined Code
in respect of 2010. In May 2010 the new
UK Corporate Governance Code was
issued, effective for CSC from 1 January 
2011. The Group has complied with
virtually all of the provisions of the new 
Code. In particular, the Board has 
decided that all Directors will stand for
re-election at the 2011 Annual General 
Meeting, as required by the new Code 
provision B.7.1.

Also, we asked an external provider to
carry out our Board Performance 
Evaluation exercise at the end of 2010. 
There are a number of insights and useful
recommendations which the Board will 
implement over the next twelve months.
The recommendations are of a relatively
minor nature and could be regarded as 
fi ne tuning rather than anything radical 
but should invigorate Boardroom practice. 

Fees paid to auditors for non-audit 
services were higher in 2010 than usual 
due to the additional work, including 
Accountants’ Reports, required on 
the demerger and the acquisition of 
The Trafford Centre. Excluding these 
distinct projects, the latter of which has 
continued into the 2011 accounting 
period, the ratio of audit to non-audit 
fees was not unreasonable.

Mr Whittaker was appointed as a 
Non-Executive Director and Deputy 
Chairman on 28 January 2011. As he is 
a major shareholder he is not regarded 
under the Code as being fully 
independent. This means that we now 
have 6 non-independent Directors and 
5 independent Directors. The Board, 
advised by the Nomination & Review 
Committee, is considering how best 
to restore the balance to 50:50 as 
required under the new Code.

Rob Rowley
Rob Rowley 
Chairman, Audit Committee 
and Senior Independent Director

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

43

Statement of compliance

The Board believes that, as demonstrated by the information set
out in this section together with the statements and procedures
referred to in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 51 to 
59, the Company has applied the main principles and complied
with the provisions set out in Section 1 of the Combined Code
(the “Code”) throughout the accounting period under review. 

The Company is required to comply from 1 January 2011 with 
the UK Corporate Governance Code issued in May 2010 by
the Financial Reporting Council which replaced the previous
Combined Code. As explained in the Chairman’s introduction, 
the Group has complied with virtually all of the provisions of the
new Code. However, new Code provision C.1.2. states: “The
directors should include in the annual report an explanation of 
the basis on which the Company generates or preserves value 
over the longer term (the business model) and the strategy for 
delivering the objectives of the Company.” Information on the
Company’s business model is included in the Business review
on pages 12 to 19 and it is intended that a more detailed 
business model will be provided in the 2011 Annual Report.

The framework of corporate governance

The Board’s overarching objective is to ensure that the Group
delivers long-term sustainable growth in returns for its
shareholders.

The Group recognises that corporate governance is not an end
in itself but an important means to an end. The Code contains 
no defi nition of corporate governance. The fi rst supporting
principle it contains, at principle A.1, reads as follows:

“The Board’s role is to provide entrepreneurial leadership of the 
Company within a framework of prudent and effective controls
which enables risk to be assessed and managed. The Board
should set the Company’s strategic aims, ensure that the
necessary fi nancial and human resources are in place for
the Company to meet its objectives and review management 
performance. The Board should set the Company’s values and
standards and ensure that its obligations to its shareholders
and others are understood and met.”

The Board believes that the internal processes adopted meet 
the highest standards of accountability and probity.

The Board is accountable to the Company’s shareholders for
the good conduct of the Company’s affairs and the information 
and statements set out below describe how the main principles 
contained in the Code are applied by the Company. The
Company’s internal procedures are regularly reviewed and 
updated by the Board and the various relevant Board Committees.

The terms of reference which are the foundation of those
procedures specify responsibilities and levels of responsibility. 
They cover all aspects of the Company’s activities including 
those relating to fi nancial, operational and compliance controls 
and risk management.

The Company has also demonstrated a strong commitment 
to high standards of corporate responsibility, details of which 

are set out in the CR review on pages 30 to 35, which we 
strongly recommend shareholders to read, and on the 
Company’s website. The Company has been included in 
the FTSE4Good listing, the JSE SRI index, the Dow Jones 
Sustainability Index and other important indices.

Engagement with shareholders and the 
investment community

The Company seeks to engage with shareholders through 
investor meetings and announcements as well as at the 
Company’s Annual General Meeting. The Company has a 
comprehensive website on which up-to-date information is 
available to the public. 

The Company has a strong investor relations programme. 
The Chief Executive and Finance Director, and on occasions 
the Chairman, meet major shareholders and analysts each year 
(a) to discuss the results of the Group, (b) to learn of any concerns 
that may have arisen and (c) (within the appropriate constraints) 
to respond to any queries they may have. Visits are arranged for 
investors to tour the Company’s property portfolio. 

The Senior Independent Director and all Non-Executive Directors 
are invited to attend investor presentations following the release 
of the annual results. A number of the Non-Executive Directors 
attended the annual results presentation in February 2010. 

Signifi cant additional meetings were held with large 
shareholders during 2010 specifi cally to keep them informed of 
events relating to the acquisition of The Trafford Centre and the 
approach from the Simon Property Group.

The Annual General Meeting provides the Board with an 
opportunity to communicate with, and answer questions from, 
private and institutional shareholders and the entire Board is 
available before and after the meeting. The Chairman of each of 
the Audit and Remuneration Committees is also available at the 
Annual General Meeting to answer questions.

The Chief Executive, Finance Director and Investor Relations 
Manager maintain fi le notes of all meetings with investors and 
provide a full briefi ng to the Board. Investor relations, and 
reports from the Company’s brokers on meetings with investors, 
are a regular agenda item at Board meetings.

The Board

The Board is responsible not only to all shareholders but to 
its other stakeholders for the effective control and proper 
management of the Group. A description of the Company’s 
activities over the last year is contained in the Chairman’s 
statement on pages 6 to 8, the Business review on pages 
12 to 19, the Financial review on pages 22 to 27 and the CR 
review on pages 30 to 35. 

Certain matters have been reserved for decision by the whole 
Board and a schedule setting out a list of these is regularly 
reviewed. In other cases the Board has delegated its authority 
under clearly defi ned conditions to technical Committees of the 
Board. It has been the Board’s custom over many years to

44 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Corporate governance
Continued

ensure that major decisions are taken after a reiterative process
which involves examination and review at several levels. In part,
this examination and review process is dealt with by the Board
Committees mentioned below.

The Board discusses and makes decisions relating to, but not 
limited to: strategy; executive management performance, 
retention, remuneration and succession; fi nancial measures
and performance; acquisitions and disposals, other capital 
expenditure and controls; risk management; corporate
reputation, including shareholder communication; and 
the Board’s own effectiveness. It also receives reports on 
the proceedings of its Committees and considers their 
recommendations. Each Board Committee’s established 
authority limits are reviewed on an annual basis by the 
Audit Committee and, subsequently, by the full Board.

The Chairman’s role is to provide a centrepoint of leadership,
to ensure that the Board’s discussions go into any matter put 
before it in adequate depth and in an appropriately focused way, 
that the opinions of all the Directors are taken into account and 
accorded proper weight, and that all the Board’s decisions are
supported by adequate and timely information.

Matters relating to corporate governance are kept under regular
review by the Audit Committee as well as by the full Board. 
Matters relating to corporate responsibility are also kept under 
regular review by the CR Committee as well as by the Board.

All items which fall outside the normal course of business are
carefully recorded and reviewed and monitored by the Chief 
Executive, the Company Secretary and General Corporate 
Counsel and, in accordance with the amounts involved,
referred to the relevant Board Committee or to the Board itself. 
The Company’s position has always been that, in the event that
a Director has a concern which cannot be resolved about the 
running of the Company or a proposed action, such concern is
recorded in the minutes. The Board considers that it has clear 
and robust procedures for monitoring the approval of all
transactions within the Group, no matter what their size, through 
formal Board Committees and formally delegated authority
limits, and the signing of all documents.

Composition of the Board

At the year end, the Board consisted of the Chairman, 
Mr Burgess, three Executive and seven Non-Executive 
Directors. During the year Mr Hawksworth (Executive) and
Mr G.J. Gordon (Non-Executive) resigned as Directors on
7 May 2010; Mr Durant (Executive) resigned on 17 May 2010; 
and Mr Rapp (Non-Executive) retired on 2 June 2010.

Mr R.M. Gordon (Non-Executive) was appointed a Director 
on 7 May 2010; Mr Abel (Non-Executive) was appointed on 
2 June 2010; and Mr Roberts (Executive) was appointed 
on 3 June 2010.

Senior Independent Director

Mr Rowley was appointed as Senior Independent Director 
in September 2008.

The Chairman’s term of appointment

The Chairman was appointed in 2008. His current term is due 
for renewal prior to the 2011 Annual General Meeting, and is 
expected to be extended by the Board by a further period to 
be agreed.

The separate roles of the Chairman, Mr Burgess, and of the 
Chief Executive, Mr Fischel, are recognised and have been 
defi ned by the Board.

The principal business commitment of Mr Burgess, the 
Chairman, is his Chairmanship of Capital Shopping Centres 
Group PLC.

Directors’ contracts

The Executive Directors have service contracts which each have 
a notice period of 12 months. 

Non-Executive Directors are generally appointed for three-year 
periods and their continuing service thereafter is subject to 
review by the Board. 

The terms of appointment for each of the Non-Executive 
Directors are available on written request from the Company 
Secretary.

Re-election of Directors 

In accordance with provision B.7.1 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, it is proposed that all Directors will submit 
themselves for re-election at the 2011 Annual General Meeting, 
other than Mr Whittaker and Mr Roberts who stand to be 
elected for the fi rst time.

Board meetings

There were six scheduled Board meetings in the year under 
review to consider all aspects of the Company’s affairs and 
information requested from management.

There were six unscheduled Board meetings in the year.

The Directors have always had high levels of attendance 
at Board and Committee meetings. 

Meeting papers are distributed in a timely manner giving 
Directors suffi cient time to consider matters for discussion.

The attendance of Directors at all Board and Committee 
meetings held in 2010 is set out in the table on page 45.

Communication between scheduled 
Board meetings

Directors are kept fully informed of progress on matters 
between formal meetings by way of ad hoc meetings and 
other communications on a regular basis. There are a number 
of  important Committee meetings between Board meetings 
and these are normally fully attended.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

45

The Chairman and Executive Directors regularly contact the 
Non-Executive Directors to discuss specifi c matters, typically of 
a strategic nature. There are regular informal meetings with the 
Non-Executive Directors. The Chairman met the Non-Executive
Directors during 2010 without the Executive Directors being 
present. 

The Chairman of the Audit Committee, Mr Rowley, holds regular
meetings with the Head of Risk and Internal Audit, to monitor
and progress matters between scheduled Audit Committee 
meetings. Mr Rowley also meets the Chairman and Chief 
Executive between Board meetings.

The Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, Mr Henderson,
contacts the Chief Executive and the Company Secretary to 
progress remuneration matters between scheduled
Remuneration Committee meetings. 

Other Non-Executive Directors call at the offi ces of the 
Company from time to time to discuss the progress of the 
business generally and to provide input on specifi c issues 
(e.g. property matters).

Directors’ confl icts of interest

The Board has adopted a formal procedure for the identifi cation 
of confl icts under which Directors must notify the Chairman of 
any potential confl icts. The Chairman then decides whether a 
confl ict exists and recommends its authorisation by the Board 
where appropriate.

No areas of confl ict were identifi ed or authorised under this 
procedure in 2010. 

Attendance of members of the Board/Committees during 2010:

Board 
scheduled
(6 meetings)

Board 
non-scheduled 
(convened at 
short notice) 
(6 meetings)

Audit
Committee
(4 meetings)

Remuneration
Committee 
(3 meetings)

D.P.H. Burgess

D.A. Fischel

E.M.G. Roberts (appointed 3 June 2010)

K.E. Chaldecott

J.G. Abel (appointed 2 June 2010)

R.M. Gordon (appointed 7 May 2010)

I.J. Henderson

A.J.M. Huntley

R.O. Rowley

N. Sachdev

A.D. Strang

6

6

3

6

3

4

6

5

4

5

6

6

6

5

6

4

4

6

5

5

6

5

Nomination 
and Review 
Committee 
(1 meeting)

1

CR Board 
Committee
(3 meetings)

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

1

1

4

4

4

Mr Whittaker has appointed Mr S. Underwood as his alternate. Mr R.M. Gordon has appointed Mr G.R. Fine as his alternate.
The Board has generally invited the alternate Directors to attend, but not vote at, Board meetings.

46 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Corporate governance 
Continued

Independence of Non-Executive Directors

•  the Group’s policy on whistleblowing

At the start of the year, excluding the Chairman, the Board 
comprised six independent Non-Executive Directors and fi ve 
non-independent Directors. At the end of the year, excluding the
Chairman, there were fi ve independent Non-Executive Directors
and fi ve non-independent Directors.

Accordingly throughout the year, at least half the Board,
excluding the Chairman, comprised Non-Executive Directors
determined by the Board to be independent. The table on page 
49 shows the balance on the Board between independent 
and non-independent Directors.

The Directors considered by the Board to be independent 
are Mr Henderson, Mr Rowley, Mr Sachdev, Mr Huntley and
Mr Strang. The non-independent Directors are Mr Fischel, 
Mr Roberts, Mrs Chaldecott, Mr Abel and Mr Gordon.

Following the appointment of Mr Whittaker on 28 January 2011,
there are now six non-independent Directors. In order to restore 
the 50:50 balance required under the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Board would have to appoint an 
additional independent Non-Executive Director but is reluctant 
to do that immediately given the overall size of the Board, which 
is considered to be suffi cient in number at present. The Board
will keep this matter under review over the next twelve months.

The Board committees

The terms of reference for each of the Audit, Remuneration and
Nomination and Review Committees described below are 
available on the Company’s website.

Audit Committee

The members of the Audit Committee at 31 December 2010 
were Mr Rowley (Chairman of the Committee), Mr Sachdev and
Mr Strang. 

The Board considers Mr Rowley to have signifi cant recent and
relevant fi nancial experience in line with the Code. All the current
members are independent in the Board’s opinion.

The Group’s Chairman, Chief Executive, Finance Director, Head
of Risk and Internal Audit and representatives of the external 
auditors are normally invited to attend meetings.

The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring and 
reviewing:

• the integrity of the fi nancial statements, including a review of 
the signifi cant fi nancial reporting judgements and accounting 
policies

• the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk 

management

• the effectiveness of the internal audit function, including the

work programme undertaken by the function

•  the Group’s overall approach to monitoring areas of risk and

•  the Company’s relationship with the external auditor, including 

its independence

The Audit Committee makes recommendations on the 
appointment, reappointment or removal of the Company’s 
external auditors. 

The terms of reference of the Audit Committee are reviewed 
annually.

The Audit Committee met four times in the year. 

During the year the Audit Committee: 

•  reviewed the annual report and associated preliminary 
year-end results announcement, focusing on key areas 
of judgement and critical accounting policies

•  reviewed the interim results announcement

•  reviewed the Group’s whistleblowing policy

•  received detailed presentations from certain Senior 

Executives on the management of key risk and control issues 
in their respective business areas

•  reviewed the Group’s annual risk assessment report

•  reviewed the effectiveness of the internal audit function which 

included an Internal Audit Effectiveness Review

•  reviewed the external audit plan and reports of the external 

auditor on its review of the interim announcement and its audit 
of the annual fi nancial statements

•  met privately with the external auditor

The Audit Committee assessed the effectiveness of the external 
auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, and audit process on the 
basis of meetings with fi nance, internal audit staff and other 
Senior Executives. 

In reviewing the independence of the external auditor, the 
Audit Committee considered a number of factors, including 
the experience and tenure of the external auditor; the nature 
and level of services provided by the external auditor; and 
confi rmation from the external auditor that it has remained 
in compliance with relevant UK independence standards.

Following this review process the Audit Committee 
recommended to the Board that the external auditor be 
reappointed. Acting on this recommendation the Board 
recommended to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting 
in 2010 that the external auditor be reappointed for a period of 
one year.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has been the Company’s audit 
fi rm since 1998. The Audit Committee has assessed and is 
satisfi ed with the auditor’s overall effectiveness. Accordingly, 
it has not considered it necessary to require the fi rm to tender 
for the audit work. Any decision to open the external audit to 
tender is taken on recommendation of the Audit Committee. 
This position will be reviewed on an on-going basis. The external 

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

47

auditors are required to rotate the audit partner responsible for 
the Group and subsidiary audits every 5 years. In accordance
with this requirement the audit partner, Parwinder Purewal, was
due to rotate off the audit following the conclusion of the 31 
December 2009 audits as he had completed fi ve years in the 
role. Given the signifi cant changes in the Group arising from the 
demerger of Capco and the Board composition in the year, the
Audit Committee requested and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
agreed to an extension to the tenure of the audit partner in order
to provide continuity and to support the maintenance of audit
quality. He has therefore continued to act as audit partner in
respect of the 31 December 2010 audits. A new audit partner
will be responsible for the Group and subsidiary audits for the 
year ended 31 December 2011. There are no contractual
obligations restricting the Company’s choice of external auditor. 

Non-audit services

The Company has a policy to ensure that the provision of 
non-audit services does not impair the external auditor’s
independence or objectivity. The term “non-audit services”
does not include reference to any advice on tax. The Audit
Committee has delegated to the Executive Directors the
authority to contract for non-audit services with the external 
auditor subject to observing the following guidelines:

(a) Executive Directors have the authority to commission the 
external auditors to undertake non-audit work where this is in 
relation to a specifi c project with a cost not exceeding the lower 
of £50,000 or 15 per cent of the estimated annual level of the 
auditor’s fees for the time being. If the cost is likely to exceed the 
limits mentioned above, the agreement of the Chairman of the
Audit Committee is required before the work is commissioned

(b) when the external auditor is considered for the provision of 
non-audit work, the Executive Directors must consider whether 
the proposed arrangements will maintain audit independence

(c) the external auditor must certify to the Company that it 
is acting independently and the Audit Committee or the
commissioning Director (as applicable) must be satisfi ed 
that such is the case

(d) in providing a non-audit service, the external auditor 
should not:

(i)  audit their own work

(ii)  make management decisions

(iii)  create a mutuality of interest; or

(iv) fi nd they have placed themselves in the role of advocate 
for the Company

Details of the amounts paid to the external auditor for audit and 
non-audit services are included in note 8 on page 74 to the
fi nancial statements. 

Whistleblowing policy

The Audit Committee reviews the arrangements by which staff 
of the Company may, in confi dence, raise concerns about 
possible improprieties in matters of fi nancial reporting or other 
matters, and ensures that arrangements are in place for the 
proportionate and independent investigation of such matters 
and for appropriate follow-up action. Whistleblowing incidents 
are reported to each Audit Committee meeting.

Internal control

It is the Board’s responsibility to oversee the Group’s system 
of internal control and to keep its effectiveness under review. 
The system is designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the 
risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can provide 
only a reasonable, rather than absolute, assurance against 
material misstatement or loss.

The Board has established an ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing the signifi cant risks of the Group, 
fi nancial and non-fi nancial, and this has been in place 
throughout the year ended 31 December 2010 and up to 
the date of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts.
The process is regularly reviewed by the Board and it complies 
with the 2005 Financial Reporting Council’s internal control 
guidance for Directors.

Procedures are in place to ensure that if any weaknesses or 
failings are identifi ed in the risk review process, appropriate 
remedial action is taken. No signifi cant weaknesses were 
identifi ed in 2010.

The Group has an internal audit function. The Head of Risk and 
Internal Audit reports to the Audit Committee and, in addition, 
has regular meetings with the Chairman of that Committee.

The Board regularly receives detailed reports setting out key 
performance and business risks from the individual business 
units, together with fi nancial reports. Monitoring of key indicators 
allows the Board to consider control issues. The Board receives 
regular reports through the Audit Committee from both the 
internal audit and compliance functions, which may include 
recommendations for improvement.

The internal audit function carries out an annual review of 
internal controls, which includes a Group-wide certifi cation 
that effective internal controls are in place and are being 
operated effectively. The Head of Risk and Internal Audit 
carries out a programme of verifi cation of the certifi cation 
and reports the results to the Audit Committee.

48 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Corporate governance 
Continued

Going concern

The Company’s statement on going concern is set out in the 
notes to the accounts on page 69.

Internal fi nancial reporting

Key internal fi nancial reporting procedures, which exist within 
the wider system of control, are described under the following 
headings:

Financial information The Group has a comprehensive 
system for reporting fi nancial results to the Board; each 
business unit prepares regular fi nancial reports with
comparisons against budget. The Board reviews these for 
the Group as a whole and takes action when appropriate.

Financial reporting process The Group prepares detailed
fi nancial reporting on a quarterly basis. This process is carried 
out using the policies and practices that apply to the control
environment in general, and is largely undertaken by the Group’s
fi nancial reporting team, which comprises appropriately qualifi ed 
fi nance professionals. Detailed planning is undertaken prior to
the period end. As part of this process, signifi cant business 
risks and their potential impact on the fi nancial reporting 
process and results are considered, including the effect of 
any changes in the business activities or accounting standards
and matters arising from the underlying information systems.
The preparation of the consolidated fi nancial results involves 
a number of review stages, including by an internal technical
specialist, who has primary responsibility for ensuring that 
fi nancial accounting developments are appropriately dealt with
in the Group’s fi nancial reporting process. After various internal 
review stages, draft fi nancial reports, with narrative commentary
on new technical requirements or issues requiring a signifi cant 
level of judgement are prepared for review and approval by the
Audit Committee. This review stage involves the Audit 
Committee discussing the consolidated fi nancial results and
signifi cant judgements with senior management and where 
appropriate the external auditor.

Major investments All major investments of the Group,
whether in the ordinary course of business or of an exceptional 
nature, are reviewed by at least one Committee of the Board
and by the Board itself before being authorised and 
implemented.

y

Group treasury The Group has a centralised treasury function 
which reports to the Board on a regular basis. The reports 
provide details of counterparties, interest rate and foreign 
exchange risks and derivatives. Additional information on 
this subject is given in note 32 on pages 89 to 95.

Operating unit fi nancial controls Key controls over major
fi nancial risks include reviews against performance indicators
and exception reporting. The operating units make regular 
assessments of their exposure to major fi nancial risks and the 
extent to which these risks are controlled. These assessments
are considered and reviewed by the Board and by regular 
internal audit visits.

The Board has conducted a review of the effectiveness, on the 
basis of criteria set out in the 2005 Financial Reporting Council’s 
internal control guidance for Directors, of systems of internal 
fi nancial control for the year ended 31 December 2010 and has 
taken into account material developments which have taken 
place since the year end.

Board authority limits The Board has adopted formal 
authority limits throughout the Group. Projects or expenditure 
with a value in excess of £10 million are submitted for approval 
to the Board. There are also authority limits in place which relate 
to treasury management. 

Capital Projects Committee

The Capital Projects Committee has been established in 
order to review new projects and project expenditure in detail 
in accordance with the Group’s authority limits. The members 
of the Capital Projects Committee are Mr Burgess (Chairman), 
Mr Whittaker, Mr Fischel, Mrs Chaldecott, Mr Roberts, 
Mr Butterworth and Mr Ellis, with other Directors and 
executives invited from time to time.

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee meets every fortnight to consider 
investment proposals and prospects, to review progress 
on projects and project expenditure in detail and to receive 
updates on other business matters. The members of the 
Executive Committee are Mr Fischel (Chairman), Mr Roberts, 
Mrs Chaldecott, Mr Butterworth, Ms Folger, Mr Ford and 
Mr Weir.

Nomination and Review Committee

The members of the Nomination and Review Committee 
during the year under review were Mr Burgess (Chairman of 
the Committee), Mr Henderson and Mr Rowley. There were 
no changes to the composition of the Nomination and Review 
Committee in 2010.

There was one meeting of the Nomination and Review 
Committee in 2010.

The terms of reference of the Nomination and Review 
Committee are reviewed annually. No changes to the terms 
were made in 2010.

The Committee is responsible for carrying out an annual 
performance evaluation of the Board, its Committees and 
individual Directors, as well as making recommendations to 
the Board on appointments to the Board and to subsidiary 
Boards and on succession planning.

The appointments of Mr Abel and Mr Gordon as Non-Executive 
Directors following the demerger were recommended to the 
Board by the Nomination and Review Committee. No external 
search consultancy nor open advertising was used. The 
Committee, and the Board, were conscious of the need to 
strengthen the skills of the Non-Executive Directors with regard 
to direct experience of the shopping centre industry and 

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

49

accordingly Mr Abel was considered to be an ideal candidate.
Mr Gordon was appointed in place of Graeme Gordon as the 
Gordon Family’s representative on the Board.

In 2010 an independent review of Board effectiveness and a
high level review of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination 
and Review Committees was carried out for the fi rst time by an 
external consultant, Independent Audit Limited. The results are 
under review by the Board, although there were no material 
matters arising. The Senior Independent Director in conjunction 
with the other Directors carried out the annual evaluation of the 
Chairman’s performance.

The Nomination and Review Committee also considers the
expected time commitment of the Non-Executive Directors 
each year. Non-Executive Directors are required to confi rm in 
writing that they continue to have suffi cient time to devote to
the Company’s affairs and in addition they are required to
seek prior approval from the Chairman before taking on any
additional external commitments which may affect their time
available to devote to the Company.

There is a comprehensive induction programme for new 
Directors and both the Chairman alone and the Committee 
consider the need for existing Directors to update and refresh 
their skills and knowledge as part of the annual performance 
evaluation exercise. The Committee also carried out a rigorous 
review of the terms of Mr Henderson and Mr Rowley, the
Non-Executive Directors who have served for more than 
six years, taking into account the need for progressive 
refreshing of the board.

The Nomination and Review Committee evaluates the skills 
available on the Board and determines when appointments and 
retirements are appropriate. The Committee met in 2011 to 
consider the balance of the Board, particularly as following the 
appointment of Mr Whittaker in January 2011 there are now six 
non-independent Directors and fi ve independent Directors. 
As stated above this is a matter which remains under review.

The Nomination and Review Committee has determined that 
the current balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the 
Board and on the Board Committees is satisfactory.

The composition of the Board, excluding the Chairman, in terms of the balance of independent and non-independent Directors as 
at 31 December 2010, was as follows:

Independent in opinion of Board

Non-Independent in opinion of Board

D.A. Fischel (Executive Director)

K.E. Chaldecott (Executive Director)

E.M.G. Roberts (Executive Director)

J.G. Abel

R.M. Gordon

I.J. Henderson

R.O. Rowley

N. Sachdev

A.J.M. Huntley

A.D. Strang

Total*











5











5

* 

 Code provision A.3.2. of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance states that “… at least half the Board, excluding the Chairman, should comprise Non-Executive 
Directors determined by the Board to be independent”.

50 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Corporate governance 
Continued

Remuneration Committee

The members of the Remuneration Committee during the year 
under review were Mr Henderson (Chairman of the Committee), 
Mr Rowley and Mr Sachdev. There were no changes to the 
composition of the Remuneration Committee during 2010.

There were three meetings of the Remuneration Committee
in 2010.

The Committee’s primary responsibilities are to determine
the remuneration packages and other terms and conditions of 
service applying to Executive Directors and Senior Executives 
of the Group and the provision of incentivisation and 
performance related benefi ts to any Executive Director 
or employee.

The Directors’ Remuneration Report which sets out details
of the Committee’s responsibilities, the Group’s remuneration 
policy and details of remuneration in 2010 is set out on
pages 51 to 59.

Corporate Responsibility Committee

The Group’s strong commitment to high standards of Corporate
Responsibility is the responsibility of the Chairman and the
Board and is managed through a CR Committee. The members 
of the CR Committee during the year under review were 
Mr Burgess (Chairman of the Committee), Mr Fischel, 
Mrs Chaldecott, Mr Henderson, Mr Nicoll (Director of CR) 
and Mr Dalton (CR Executive).

There were three CR Committee meetings during 2010.

The CR review is set out on pages 30 to 35.

Rob Rowley
Rob Rowley 
Senior Independent Director, 
on behalf of the Board

23 February 2011

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

51

Directors’ Remuneration Report

This report is produced in accordance with Schedule 8 to the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 and
contains both auditable and non-auditable information. The information subject to audit is set out on pages 53, 54 and 59.

Introduction by Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

2010 was a transformational year for 
Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC
with two major transactions – the
demerger of Capital & Counties in May 
2010 and the acquisition of The Trafford 
Centre which completed in January 2011.

The Group is now in a robust fi nancial 
position with signifi cant growth prospects 
and an 11 per cent revaluation uplift for 
CSC’s portfolio in 2010.

The Group met all targets under the staff 
bonus scheme for 2010. The targets, 
described in the report, are based on
three objective measures of performance
and all three targets were met 
or exceeded.

Modest pay rises have been awarded,
effective from April 2011, for the fi rst time
since April 2008 (other than in a few 
exceptional cases), in total amounting to
a 3% overall increase across the Group.

Analysis of peer group remuneration 
has demonstrated that in general 
remuneration at CSC is at an appropriate 
level by comparison and this has been 
confi rmed by external remuneration 
consultants. I believe that the increases 
and awards for 2010, as set out in the 
report, are entirely justifi ed, reasonable 
and will incentivise management towards 
further enhancement of the value of the 
Company’s shares and I recommend 
without hesitation that the Remuneration 
Report be approved by shareholders.

The Committee is considering the 
introduction of a medium-term incentive 
which would be geared to refl ect the 
growth ambitions of the Group, but is 
still consulting on this concept.

Ian Henderson
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

52 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

2010 at a glance

Directors’ Remuneration 2010

Bonus

Share element*

Cash element

Restricted shares

SIP shares

Value

Total

Basic salary
£

D.A. Fischel

£475,000

£95,000

161,710

789

£617,500 £1,187,500

E.M.G. Roberts (appointed 3 June 2010) £201,474 **

£43,918

K.E. Chaldecott

£360,000

£72,000

66,676

74,999

789 £256,371

£501,763

789 £288,000

£720,000

Proportion of 
performance
 related pay

60%

60%

50%

 The number of shares shown is indicative only, based on an estimated share price of £3.80 per share.

* 
**  Mr Roberts’ basic annual salary is £350,000.

Salary increases 

Mr Fischel’s base salary was not increased in 2010. Mrs Chaldecott’s base salary was increased from £330,000 p.a. to
£360,000 p.a. in 2010 to refl ect increased responsibility following the demerger. No base salary rises were proposed for 
2010 for the Senior Executives other than in a small number of exceptional cases.

2010 was the second year in succession that no pay rises had been awarded to the majority of the Group’s employees. 

The Committee has approved an increase in basic pay amounting in aggregate to around 3% across the Group to be effective 
from April 2011.

Bonus awards

Bonus targets for 2010 were met or exceeded under three objective measures set out in the table on page 57. As a result 
aggregate bonuses have been awarded across the Group amounting to approximately 16 per cent of overall base salaries,
excluding Executive Directors and six senior executives, payable in a combination of cash, SIP and deferred shares.

Six senior individuals each received an additional bonus award, payable in shares deferred for two years, under the Group’s 
Performance Incentive Plan “PIP”.

The maximum bonus award for 2010 was capped at 150% of salary, and the cash element of the bonus was capped at 
20% of salary.

Details of the bonus awards made to Executive Directors are set out in the table above and the Directors’ emoluments table 
on page 53.

Option awards

Options over a total of 3,899,000 shares were granted to Directors and staff in May 2010, at an option price of 313p per share.

The Committee is proposing to grant options in 2011 to Directors and staff.

Full details of options granted to Executive Directors in 2010 are set out on page 54 of this report.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

53

Directors’ emoluments

Name

Chairman

D.P.H. Burgess

Executive

D.A. Fischel†

K.E. Chaldecott††

E.M.G Roberts
(appointed 3 June 2010)

Non-Executive

J.G. Abel
(appointed 2 June 2010)

R.M. Gordon 
(appointed 7 May 2010)

I.J. Henderson

A.J.M. Huntley

R.O. Rowley

N. Sachdev

A.D. Strang

Retired during the year

I.C. Durant 
(resigned 17 May 2010)†††

I.D. Hawksworth 
(resigned 7 May 2010)

G.J. Gordon 
(resigned 7 May 2010)

M. Rapp 
(retired 2 June 2010)

Total

Salary and 
service contract
remuneration
£

Benefi ts
in kind
£

Annual
cash bonus
£

Other –
including car 
allowance
(see notes
below)
£

Directors’
fees
£

Other
fees
£

Aggregate
emoluments
2010
£

Aggregate
emoluments
2009
£

350,000

4,242

475,000

352,500

1,865

2,173

95,000

160,500

72,000

106,125

354,242

339,010

732,365

967,972

532,798

660,100

201,474

1,113

43,918

10,362

256,867

–

29,346

47,333

76,679

85,000

39,423

50,000

15,000

50,000

2,103

50,000

30,000

50,000

10,000

50,000

7,103

39,423

65,000

52,103

80,000

60,000

57,103

20,000

62,500

26,724

77,500

57,500

28,846

143,750

116,346

752

593

299,065

6,346

443,567

620,597

123,285

610,597

1,639,070

10,738

210,918

582,398

357,423

128,360

2,928,907

3,691,346

17,628

17,628

47,500

21,026

16,821

37,847

87,500

* 

 Benefi ts provided to Executive Directors relate primarily to the provision of medical insurance. The benefi ts provided for the Chairman comprise medical insurance.

**   In addition to the cash bonus shown, the Executive Directors also received awards of SIP and deferred shares in respect of the year ended 31 December 2010. Details 

of these awards are set out in the table on page 52.

*** Aggregate emoluments exclude pension contributions, which are detailed below. 

†  Mr Fischel received a payment of £142,500 in lieu of accruing further benefi ts under the Company’s pension arrangements (included in “other”).

††  Mrs Chaldecott received a payment of £88,125 in lieu of accruing further benefi ts under the Company’s pension arrangements (included in “other”).

†††  Following the demerger in May 2010, Mr Durant stepped down as Finance Director of the Company in order to take up his new role as Chairman of Capital & Counties 
Properties PLC. In accordance with his termination agreement, Mr Durant received a payment of £120,219 comprising three months’ salary, pension contributions 
at 24 per cent of salary together with compensation for unused holiday entitlement. In addition, Mr Durant was awarded a cash bonus of £172,500 (representing
75 per cent of his basic salary) in respect of the period of his employment from 1 January 2010 to the date of his resignation. The bonus was assessed based on 
both corporate and individual performance and included recognition of Mr Durant’s work towards the successful completion of the demerger. These amounts are
included in the “Other –including car allowance” column in the table above.

54 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

Directors’ interests in share schemes:

Executive Directors are entitled to participate in the Company’s Approved and Unapproved share option schemes. Following 
the Company’s demerger in May 2010, all outstanding options under both schemes were adjusted to take into account the 
Company’s reduction in capital which was registered on 7 May 2010. Adjustments were made to both the option exercise price 
and the number of shares subject to the option such that, following adjustment, the value of the award remained equivalent to the 
pre-adjusted value. Full details relating to the holding, adjustment and exercise of share options by Directors are set out below:

The Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Approved Share Option Scheme

Director

Current Directors

K.E. Chaldecott

D.A. Fischel

E.M.G. Roberts 
(appointed 3 June 2010)

Former Directors†

I.C. Durant 
(resigned 17 May 2010)

I.D. Hawksworth
(resigned 7 May 2010)

Year 
granted

Option 
price 
(pence)

Held at 
31 December
2009

Granted
in year

Adjustment
in year

Exercised†
in year

Held at
31 December
2010*

Exercisable between

2009

271.69**

2009

271.69**

8,356

8,356

–

–

2,685

2,685

2010

313

–

9,584

–

2009

271.69**

8,356

2009

271.69**

8,356

–

–

2,685

2,685

–

–

–

–

–

11,041

11,041

28/02/13–28/05/19***

28/02/13–28/05/19***

9,584

26/05/13–26/05/20

11,041*

11,041*

28/02/13–28/05/19***

28/02/13–28/05/19***

The Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Unapproved Share Option Scheme

Director

Current Directors

K.E. Chaldecott

Year 
granted

Option 
price 
(pence)

Held at 
31 December
2009

Granted
in year

Adjustment
in year

Exercised†
in year

Held at
31 December
2010

Exercisable between

2004 528.24**

25,000

2009

271.69** 341,644

–

8,034

– 109,797

–

33,034

19/02/07–19/02/14 

– 451,441

28/02/13–28/05/19***

2010

313

– 460,000

–

– 460,000

26/05/13–26/05/20

D.A. Fischel

2009

271.69** 491,644

– 158,004

– 649,648

28/02/13–28/05/19***

E.M.G. Roberts
(appointed 3 June 2010)

Former Directors†

I.C. Durant 
(resigned 17 May 2010)

I.D. Hawksworth
(resigned 7 May 2010)

2010

313

– 607,000

2010

313

–

437,416

–

–

– 607,000

26/05/13–26/05/20

–

437,416

26/05/13–26/05/20

2009

271.69**

291,644

2009

271.69**

291,644

–

–

93,728

93,728

–

–

385,372*

28/02/13–28/05/19***

385,372*

28/02/13–28/05/19***

*  Or date of cessation of directorship if earlier.
**  Exercise price following adjustment. Pre-adjustment exercise prices were: 2004 – 698 pence; 2009 – 359 pence.
*** The performance conditions relating to the 2009 awards cannot be satisfi ed, and therefore the options cannot be exercised, until 2013.
†  Details of the options exercised by former Directors during the year are set out in note 48 on page 108.

The standard performance condition for options is as follows:
“The Company’s ‘smoothed’ earnings are to grow over a three-year period at a rate in excess of 5 per cent per annum compound. 
‘Smoothed’ earnings means the percentage increase in underlying earnings per share, adjusted by (a) excluding exceptional and 
valuation items and (b) limiting trading or non-recurring items to 10 per cent of profi t before tax.”
The base fi gure for comparison purposes in respect of both the 2009 and 2010 option grants is the ‘smoothed’ earnings achieved, 
after adjustment for the demerger, as at 31 December 2009 of 15.1 pence per share. Therefore, the performance condition for the 
2009 options cannot be satisfi ed until 2013.
The market price of Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC ordinary shares at 31 December 2010 was 418 pence and during the 
year the price varied between 301 pence and 421 pence.
The interests of Directors in conditional awards of ordinary shares under the annual bonus scheme are detailed in note 48 
on pages 107 to 108.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

55

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration

The Chairman

Non-Executive Directors

The Chairman’s fee is £350,000 per annum. The Chairman 
receives no benefi ts from his offi ce other than fees and
entitlement to private medical insurance. He is eligible to 
join the Company’s Unapproved Share Option Scheme,
but is not eligible to participate in Group pension arrangements. 

The terms of the Chairman’s appointment broadly 
refl ect the terms of the three-year appointments of 
the Non-Executive Directors.

J.G Abel

R.M. Gordon

I.J. Henderson

A.J.M. Huntley 

R.O. Rowley

N. Sachdev

A.D. Strang 

J. Whittaker

Basic 
fee

50,000

50,000

50,000

50,000

50,000

50,000

50,000

–

Committee

Member

Chair

Other 
fees

–

–

5,000

5,000

10,000

10,000

5,000

–

–

–

10,000

–

–

–

–

–

10,000

10,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

* Mr Rowley receives a fee of £10,000 p.a. as Senior Independent Director.

Performance graph

The following graph shows the Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) for Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC over the fi ve-year period 
ended 31 December 2010, compared with our closest comparator group for this purpose, the FTSE 350 Real Estate Index. 
TSR is defi ned as share price growth plus reinvested dividends. For additional information, a graph showing the TSR for Capital 
Shopping Centres Group PLC with the FTSE 100 is provided.

(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)
Total Shareholder Return (TSR) for period 1 January 2006 to 31 December 2010 
(cid:3)

Capital Shopping Centres TSR

FTSE 350 Real Estate Index

FTSE 100 TSR

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

Jan-06

Dec-06

Dec-07

Dec-08

Dec-09

Dec-10

This graph is based on adjusted data as a result of the Company’s demerger in May 2010. 

56 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

Remuneration Committee – composition and policy

Members of the Committee

Advisers to the Committee

The Chairman of the Committee is myself, Ian Henderson, 
with Mr Rowley and Mr Sachdev being the other two members 
of the Committee.

There were no changes to the composition of the Committee 
during 2010.

There were three Remuneration Committee meetings in 2010.

The agenda for the February meeting included a review of the 
outcome for the previous year, considering pay, bonus and
option awards in the light of performance, a review of 
remuneration policy and objectives, consideration of targets 
and related matters. The agenda for the June meeting included 
a review of Sir Donald Gordon’s consultancy terms; the 
Committee served 12 months’ notice to terminate the 
consultancy arrangements. The agenda for the July meeting
included a consideration of performance targets and minor 
amendments to option scheme rules.

Responsibilities of the Committee

The Committee’s principal responsibilities, which take full
account of the recommendations contained within the
Combined Code (“the Code”) are:

The Committee has appointed and receives advice from 
Kepler Associates on market trends, incentive design and 
other remuneration matters. Kepler Associates does not advise 
the Company on any other matters. 

The Committee has also appointed and been advised by Norton 
Rose LLP during the year on various remuneration matters. 
Norton Rose does not advise the Company on any other matters.

The Committee makes use of various published surveys to help 
determine appropriate remuneration levels.

The Chairman, Chief Executive, and Company Secretary are 
invited to attend meetings and provide advice to the Committee 
to help it make informed decisions. No Director is present when 
his or her own remuneration is being discussed. 

Shareholding policy

The Committee introduced last year a requirement for Executive 
Directors to build up, over a 3–5 year period, and maintain a 
shareholding in the Company with a value equivalent to at least 
one year’s annual salary. The Executive Directors’ shareholdings 
are as follows:

•  To determine the overall strategy for remuneration for the

Group’s Executive Directors and Senior Executives

Director

David Fischel

•  To determine the individual remuneration packages for the

Matthew Roberts

Chairman, Executive Directors and Senior Executives

•  To consider the remuneration policy and rewards across 
the entire Group, taking comparative data into account

•  To oversee any signifi cant changes to employee benefi ts, 

including pensions

•  To approve the design of and targets for performance-related

incentive schemes

•  To oversee the operation of all incentive schemes, including 

the award of incentives, and to determine whether 
performance criteria have been met

The Committee’s terms of reference can be found at
www.capital-shopping-centres.co.uk

As set out in the Corporate governance report, the 
Remuneration Committee’s performance for 2010 was reviewed 
by an external consultant, Independent Audit. The report made 
some useful observations which are being considered by the
Committee; however there were no material matters arising.

Shareholding

549,322

30,000

102,800

Multiple of salary 
(one year’s salary)

4.36

0.32

1.08

Kay Chaldecott

Remuneration policy

The Company’s remuneration policy aims to attract, motivate
and retain high calibre executives by rewarding them with
competitive compensation and benefi t packages.

The Remuneration Committee has complied with the principles
and provisions of the Code in developing remuneration policies.

The policies align directly the interests of Executive Directors
and senior staff with the performance of the Company and the
interests of shareholders.

The key objectives of Capital Shopping Centres’ remuneration 
policy are to:

• Align executive and shareholder interests

• Reward executives primarily for results

• Attract, motivate and retain high calibre executives

• Provide value for money for shareholders

• Deliver upper quartile total remuneration for upper 

decile performance

• Follow best practice as far as possible, and explain 

any divergence

• Be simple and fl exible

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

57

It is the Company’s policy that a signifi cant proportion, up to
70 per cent of Executive Director and Senior Executive total
remuneration be performance related. 

Past practice demonstrates that the Company’s approach 
to remuneration is responsible and restrained.

The components of the remuneration package are:

(1) Annual base salary and benefi ts Salaries of Executive 
Directors and other staff are normally reviewed annually in 
the light of competitive market practice, including reference to
comparable data of other companies in the FTSE 100 and the 
real estate sector. The Committee ensures that pay and 
employment conditions in the Group as a whole are taken into 
account and benchmarked against the Company’s peer group
when determining executive remuneration. The main elements
of the benefi ts are pension contributions, private healthcare and
the provision of company cars or cash alternative.

(2) Performance-related remuneration Performance-related 
components include annual bonus arrangements as well 
as the annual review of salaries in the light of individual and
corporate performance. The policy is to place emphasis on 
the performance-related components of each Director’s 
remuneration, whilst ensuring that the base salary remains 
competitive. 

The aggregate cost of annual bonuses which may be provided
under the Group’s annual bonus scheme, excluding employer’s 
National Insurance, is not expected to exceed 40 per cent of the
aggregate base salaries of all eligible employees. 

The Committee pays close regard to the overall remuneration 
culture of the Company. The Remuneration Committee decides 
on the appropriate level of bonus award for Directors each year 
depending on Group results and individual performance. In
relation to the annual share-based bonuses for Directors and
Senior Executives, the Remuneration Committee sets rigorous 
and challenging additional performance criteria based on personal
and corporate targets. Exceptional performance is also rewarded.

Bonuses may be paid by way of allocation of cash as well as 
Restricted and Additional shares with a view to ensuring that
the Group has in place effective reward and retention plans.

A detailed description of the Company’s bonus arrangements
is set out below:

Annual bonus plan

The corporate performance targets for the annual bonus
arrangements are described in the following table:

Annual bonus targets

Comparator

Shareholders’ Funds

Prior year Shareholders’ Funds

Asset Performance

IPD Monthly Index

Profi t before tax, valuation, and
exceptional items for the year

Budget and Prior year profi t

In addition, each executive is evaluated on both individual 
and overall corporate objectives. The individual objectives are 
tailored before the beginning of each year and include specifi c 
strategic, fi nancial and implementation goals. Bonuses are set 
on the achievement of those objectives. 

Not less than two-thirds of the annual bonus for Executive 
Directors is determined on the basis of objective performance 
measures, primarily fi nancial.

Following the end of the fi nancial year, the Committee reviews 
the performance of executives and the Group as a whole 
against the set corporate and individual objectives and then 
determines the level of bonus payable. 

Part of the bonus is normally awarded, at the Company’s 
election, in the form of shares in the Company, conditional on 
the individuals concerned remaining in employment for specifi ed 
periods. The Committee considers that no further performance 
conditions should be imposed on bonus payments which are 
deferred in the form of shares. The Remuneration Committee 
decides each year on the proportion of cash and shares to be 
awarded to employees. 

The conditional awards comprise “Restricted” shares and 
“Additional” shares. If awarded, Additional shares are equal to 
50 per cent of the Restricted shares and SIP shares (see below) 
combined. Employees must remain in employment with the 
Company for periods of two years after the date of award for 
Restricted shares, and four years after the date of award for 
Additional shares, before such shares are released. 

Performance incentive plan

There is also a performance-related bonus plan (the “Plan”) in 
addition to the normal bonus arrangements described above. 
The Plan is linked to both absolute and relative shareholder 
returns as well as growth in earnings.

In addition to supporting the Committee’s remuneration policy, 
the key objectives of the Plan are to (a) align the interests of 
executives with shareholders; (b) play a vital role in the retention 
and recruitment of talent; and (c) encourage additional long-term 
share ownership by executives, based on delivering superior 
performance.

The aggregate pool for the Plan is based on three measures 
which the Remuneration Committee believes are the best 
indicators of success and are aligned with shareholder value 
creation: total return on shareholders’ funds; outperformance 
of the Investment Property Databank (IPD) Capital Growth 
Index; and absolute EPS growth.

A pool is created based on performance each year in terms 
of three measures, expressed as a percentage of opening 
shareholders’ funds:

58 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

• Total Return on opening shareholders’ funds (diluted, 

adjusted), calculated by reference to absolute NAV growth 
(including dividends)

  0.6 basis points awarded for each 1% growth over and

above 5%.

• Relative Return: out-performance in capital growth of the

Group’s investment properties, measured relative to capital 
growth in the accepted property industry benchmark, the 
IPD index*

  1.8 basis points awarded for each 1% out-performance of 

the IPD index

• Underlying earnings growth, calculated by reference to 

adjusted EPS

  0.5 basis points awarded for each 1% growth over and above 

5%, capped at fi ve basis points

The Remuneration Committee has the discretion to vary the size 
of the pool by +/- four basis points. The total bonus pool is 
capped at 20 basis points per annum.

Individual awards under the Plan are deferred into shares 
and released after two and four years. Deferred amounts would 
be forfeited on resignation.

At the end of the performance period, the Remuneration 
Committee allocates awards on a discretionary basis from the 
pool based on individual performance but having regard to the 
measures described. The Committee considers environmental, 
social and governance performance when determining both the 
overall incentive pool at the year end and the allocation of the 
incentive pool to individuals.

It is the Committee’s desire to maintain a near median base
salary culture while providing incentives that can deliver 
an upper quartile level of total remuneration for signifi cant 
outperformance. The net effect is to increase the emphasis 
on “pay for performance”.

(3) Executive share option schemes The Remuneration 
Committee considers that share options closely align the
interests of staff with shareholders, and provide a long-term 
retention mechanism as options can only be exercised after a 
minimum of three years from the date of grant. The performance 
condition, based on growth in the adjusted earnings per share, 
is considered by the Committee to be the most appropriate 
condition to align the interests of staff with shareholders.

The Company has formed a Joint Ownership Employee Trust
under which participating employees may elect to receive 
share options. This arrangement was structured to preserve 
shareholders’ interests and to provide cost-neutrality.

(4) All employee share schemes The Company operates an 
Employee Share Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) which has in the past 
used funds provided to purchase shares required under the
annual bonus scheme.

*  Originally weighted 80% retail property, 20% all-property to match the 
Group’s asset mix, but post-demerger limited to the capital element of 
the IPD Retail Index only.

The Company operates a Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) for all 
eligible employees, including Executive Directors, who may 
receive up to £3,000 worth of shares as part of their annual 
bonus arrangements. The SIP arrangements offer worthwhile 
tax advantages to employees and to the Company. Also, as part 
of the SIP arrangements, the Company offers eligible employees 
the opportunity to participate in a “Partnership” share scheme, 
the terms of which are governed by HM Revenue & Customs 
regulations.

(5) Service contracts Executive Directors have rolling service
contracts which are terminable on 12 months’ notice on either 
side. The Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment 
which do not include any notice provisions.

None of the existing service contracts for Executive Directors 
makes any provision for termination payments, other than for 
payment of salary and benefi ts in lieu of notice. 

In the event of the Company terminating an Executive Director’s 
contract the level of compensation would be subject to mitigation 
if considered appropriate and legally sustainable. 

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are entitled to 
receive an additional payment of an amount equal to their basic 
annual fee in the event of a change in control of the Company. 

The following service contracts in respect of Executive Directors 
who were in offi ce during the year are rolling service contracts 
and therefore have no end date.

Current Executive Directors

D.A. Fischel

E.M.G. Roberts**

K.E. Chaldecott**

Former Executive Directors

I.C. Durant

I.D. Hawksworth

Date of 
commencement of 
contract

Notice period

24 June 1999

12 Months

17 May 2010

12 Months

6 April 2000

12 Months

17 March 2008

12 Months

1 Sept 2006

12 Months

 ** Contract with CSC Management Services Limited.

All Non-Executive Directors with less than nine years’ service 
have been appointed on fi xed terms of three years, subject to 
renewal thereafter. Mr R.M. Gordon, who served as an alternate 
to Mr G.J. Gordon from 1 January 2001 until his appointment 
as a Non-Executive Director on 7 May 2010, is deemed to 
have served for more than 9 years and therefore has a term 
of one year.

Non-Executive Directors receive no benefi ts from their offi ce 
other than fees. They are not eligible to participate in Group 
pension arrangements.

Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review
and Risk

Corporate
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

59

Directors’ pensions

The Group’s Retirement Benefi t Scheme (the “Scheme”) was 
closed to new members in 1997 and was fully closed for future 
benefi t accrual on 19 December 2009; a bulk annuity policy 
was purchased from Pension Insurance Corporation (“PIC”) in 
respect of all Scheme liabilities at that time. No contributions 
on behalf of members were made to the Scheme in 2010. 
Individual policies were issued to all members by PIC in 
November 2010 and the Scheme had no assets and no liabilities 
as at 31 December 2010. The Scheme is expected to be fully 
wound-up in early 2011. As no Director had accrued benefi ts 
in the Scheme during 2010 or had benefi ts in the Scheme 
at 31 December 2010, no disclosures fall to be made under 
Schedule 8 to the Large and Medium-sized Companies and 
Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 or the 
UKLA Listing Rules.

The Group operates a defi ned contribution Group pension plan 
(the “GPP”) which all employees are eligible to join. Contributions 
totalling £27,923 (2009 – £79,200) were made by the Group to 
the GPP on behalf of Mr Hawksworth (resigned 7 May 2010).

Both Mr Durant (resigned as a Director 17 May 2010) and 
Mr Roberts (appointed as a Director on 3 June 2010) opted 
out from membership of the GPP and instead elected for 
contributions equivalent to 24 per cent of annual salary to 
be paid to personal pension arrangements of their choice. 
Contributions were paid as follows: Mr Durant £55,200 of 
which £20,700 was paid on termination as a Director (2009 – 
£81,600) and Mr Roberts £52,554 (2009 – nil).

Both Mr Fischel (2006) and Mrs Chaldecott (2009) had elected 
in the year shown to cease accruing benefi t in the Scheme; 
both receive an actuarially determined payment subject to PAYE 
and NI deductions as set out in the footnotes to the table on 
page 53.

Ian Henderson
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, 
on behalf of the Board

23 February 2011

The following table sets out the dates of appointment of 
Non-Executive Directors.

Non-Executive Directors

J.G. Abel

R.M. Gordon

I.J. Henderson

A.J.M. Huntley

R.O. Rowley

N. Sachdev

A.D. Strang

J. Whittaker

Date of appointment

2 June 2010

7 May 2010

7 February 2005

8 July 2009

17 May 2004

1 November 2006

8 July 2009

28 January 2011

In accordance with provision B.7.1 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, all Directors will submit themselves for
re-election at the 2011 AGM with the exception of Mr Roberts
and Mr Whittaker who stand to be elected for the fi rst time.

Quasi-loan to Director

All employees of the Group are entitled to an interest-free travel
season ticket loan which is repaid over the year via deductions 
from salary. Mr Fischel received a loan of £5,000 in November
2009. The loan was repaid in November 2010 and Mr Fischel 
elected not to apply for a further loan. Mr Roberts received a
loan of £5,000 in June 2010. The outstanding balance of the
loan at 31 December 2010 was £2,083.34.

External Non-Executive Directorships

During 2010, Mr Fischel received a fee of £29,135 in respect of 
his Non-Executive Directorship of FTSE 250 Company Capital
& Counties Properties PLC, from which he resigned with effect
from 4 February 2011. Mr Fischel retained the fees paid in 
respect of his appointment. Mr Fischel was appointed as a Non-
Executive Director of Equity One, Inc. with effect from 4 January 
2011 and retains the fees paid in respect of this appointment.
No other Executive Director of Capital Shopping Centres Group
PLC currently serves as a Non-Executive Director elsewhere.

Payments to former Directors

Sir Donald Gordon, Life President, received a total of £350,000 
(2009 – £350,000) during 2010 in connection with his Life
Presidency and consultancy arrangements. Sir Donald Gordon’s
consultancy arrangements will terminate on 30 June 2011.

Mr David Bramson retired from the Board on 31 March 2006.
During 2010, Mr Bramson received £10,000 as Chairman of the 
Trustees of the Liberty International Group Retirement Benefi t 
Scheme. In addition, Mr Bramson received a further payment 
of £10,000 for additional work required in connection with the 
winding up of the scheme.

60 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Directors’ responsibilities 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have elected to 
prepare the Group and parent company financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) 
as adopted by the European Union. Under company law the Directors 
must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and 
the Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. 
In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company and the Group and enable them to 
ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are 
also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and the 
Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.  

(a)  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently; 

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in the 
Governance section confirm that, to the best of their knowledge: 

(b) make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

(a)  the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in 

and prudent; 

(c)  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union 
have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the financial statements;  

(d) prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis, 

unless it is inappropriate to presume that the company will continue 
in business. 

accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the 
Group; and 

(b) the Directors’ report contained in the governance section of the 
Annual Report includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the Group, 
together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that it faces. 

Signed on behalf of the Board on 23 February 2011 

David Fischel 
Chief Executive 

Matthew Roberts  
Finance Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

61

Independent auditors’ report to the members of 
Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC 

Independent auditors’ report to the members 
of Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC 
(company registration number 03685527)  

We have audited the financial statements of Capital Shopping Centres 
Group PLC for the year ended 31 December 2010, which comprise 
the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income, the Group and Company balance sheets, 
the Group and Company statements of changes in equity, the 
Group and Company statements of cash flows, and the related 
notes. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their 
preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and, as regards 
the Company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

Respective responsibilities of Directors  
and auditors  

As explained more fully in the statement of Directors’ responsibilities 
set out on page 60, the Directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on 
the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards 
require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical 
Standards for Auditors.  

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for 
the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do 
not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or 
into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our 
prior consent in writing. 

Scope of the audit of the financial statements  

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable 
assurance that the financial statements are free from material 
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an 
assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to 
the Group’s and the Company’s circumstances and have been 
consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness 
of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the 
overall presentation of the financial statements. 

Opinion on financial statements  

In our opinion:  
• the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 

Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2010 and 
of the Group’s profit and Group’s and Company’s cash flows for the 
year then ended; 

• the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; 

• the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006; and 

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the lAS Regulation. 

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006  

In our opinion:  
• the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has 

been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; 

• the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year 
for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with 
the financial statements; and 

• the information given in the Corporate Governance Statement 

set out on pages 42 to 50 with respect to internal control and risk 
management systems and about share capital structures is 
consistent with the financial statements. 

Matters on which we are required to report 
by exception  

We have nothing to report in respect of the following:  

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:  
• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, 

or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 
branches not visited by us; or  

• the Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ 

Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or  

• certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are 

not made; or  

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require 

for our audit; or 

• a corporate governance statement has not been prepared by the 

Company. 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:  
• the Directors’ statement, set out on page 69, in relation to going 

concern; 

• the parts of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the 
Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the June 2008 
Combined Code specified for our review; and 

• certain elements of the report to shareholders by the Board on 

Directors’ remuneration. 

Parwinder Purewal  
(Senior Statutory Auditor) for and on behalf of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 

London 

23 February 2011 

Notes: 

(a)  The maintenance and integrity of the Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC 
website is the responsibility of the Directors; the work carried out by the 
auditors does not involve consideration of these matters and, accordingly, 
the auditors accept no responsibility for any changes that may have occurred 
to the financial statements since they were initially presented on the website. 

(b)  Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 

dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions.

 
 
 
 
62 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Consolidated income statement  
for the year ended 31 December 2010 

Continuing operations 
Revenue 
Net rental income 
Net other income 
Revaluation and sale of investment and development property 
Sale and impairment of other investments 
Administration expenses – ongoing 
Administration expenses – exceptional 
Operating profit/(loss) 
Finance costs 
Finance income 
Other finance costs 
Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments 
Net finance (costs)/income 
Profit/(loss) before tax 
Current tax 
Deferred tax 
REIT entry charge 
Taxation 
Profit/(loss) for the year from continuing operations 
Profit/(loss) for the year from discontinued operations 
Profit/(loss) for the year 

Attributable to: 
Equity shareholders of CSC Group PLC 
– Continuing operations 
– Discontinued operations 

Non-controlling interest 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share 
From continuing operations 
From discontinued operations 

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share 
From continuing operations 
From discontinued operations 

Profit/(loss) for the year from discontinued operations arises from: 
Demerged operations 
C&C US 

Underlying earnings per share are shown in note 14. 

Notes 

2010  
£m 

Re-presented
2009 
£m

3 
3 
4 
5 

9 

10 

11 
11 
11 
11 

38 

14 
14 
14 

14 
14 
14 

38 
38 

420.3 
276.9 
0.7 
497.2 
(2.6) 
(23.0) 
(15.6) 
733.6 
(165.4) 
3.1 
(75.1) 
(50.0) 
(287.4) 
446.2 
(0.1) 
2.8 
(3.3) 
(0.6) 
445.6 
83.0 
528.6 

428.8 
83.0 
511.8 
16.8 
528.6 

68.3p 
13.2p 
81.5p 

67.5p 
13.0p 
80.5p 

59.3 
23.7 
83.0 

405.0
267.3
4.9
(535.7)
(10.1)
(26.2)
–
(299.8)
(174.8)
3.7
(48.2)
399.6
180.3
(119.5)
2.9
(67.1)
(3.1)
(67.3)
(186.8)
(183.3)
(370.1)

(175.1)
(163.7)
(338.8)
(31.3)
(370.1)

(35.2)p
(32.9)p
(68.1)p

(34.0)p
(32.1)p
(66.1)p

(124.4)
(58.9)
(183.3)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

63

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
for the year ended 31 December 2010 

Profit/(loss) for the year  

Other comprehensive income 
Revaluation of other investments 
Realise revaluation reserve on disposal of other investments 
Exchange differences 
Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension schemes 
Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income 
Other comprehensive income for the year 
Total comprehensive income for the year 

Attributable to: 
Equity shareholders of CSC Group PLC 
Non-controlling interest 

Total comprehensive income attributable to equity 
shareholders of CSC Group PLC arises from: 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Notes 

11 

2010 
£m

528.6

17.2
2.6
(1.1)
–
(2.8)
15.9
544.5

527.7
16.8
544.5

432.6
95.1
527.7

2009 
£m

(370.1)

(5.3)
4.5
2.2
(14.8)
(2.8)
(16.2)
(386.3)

(354.7)
(31.6)
(386.3)

(163.0)
(191.7)
(354.7)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Balance sheets  
as at 31 December 2010 

Non-current assets 
Investment and development property  
Plant and equipment  
Investment in group companies 
Investment in associate companies 
Other investments 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade and other receivables 

Current assets 
Trading property 
Current tax assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
C&C US – assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
C&C US – liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Deferred tax provision 
Other provisions 
Other payables 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium 
Treasury shares 
Convertible bond reserve 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings 
Attributable to equity shareholders of CSC Group PLC 
Non-controlling interest 
Total equity 

Group 
2010 
£m

Re-presented 
Group  
2009  
£m 

Company  
2010  
£m 

Company 
2009 
£m

Notes

16
17
18
20
21
26
23

22

23
24
38

27
28
26
38

28
26
33
34

35

37

36

5,051.0
4.1
–
28.8
16.4
24.2
76.7
5,201.2

25.5
4.1
50.2
222.3
423.9
726.0
5,927.2

(194.4)
(46.0)
(9.3)
(276.6)
(526.3)

(2,751.5)
(354.6)
–
(1.2)
(0.3)
(3,107.6)
(3,633.9)

6,182.6 
1.9 
– 
26.8 
58.3 
15.0 
69.8 
6,354.4 

24.2 
1.1 
86.1 
582.5 
– 
693.9 
7,048.3 

(285.2) 
(148.5) 
(14.3) 
– 
(448.0) 

(3,740.1) 
(371.8) 
(37.1) 
(8.6) 
(21.6) 
(4,179.2) 
(4,627.2) 

– 
4.1 
1,701.6 
– 
– 
– 
1.5 
1,707.2 

– 
– 
617.2 
– 
– 
617.2 
2,324.4 

(270.6) 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
(270.7) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(270.7) 

–
0.8
912.5
–
–
–
1.5
914.8

–
–
2,569.2
–
–
2,569.2
3,484.0

(95.6)
(79.4)
–
–
(175.0)

(0.1)
–
–
(1.1)
(1.8)
(3.0)
(178.0)

2,293.3

2,421.1 

2,053.7 

3,306.0

346.3
20.4
(29.9)
–
526.5
1,410.1
2,273.4
19.9
2,293.3

311.3 
1,005.7 
(9.7) 
6.7 
286.9 
820.2 
2,421.1 
– 
2,421.1 

346.3 
20.4 
(29.9) 
– 
246.5 
1,470.4 
2,053.7 
– 
2,053.7 

311.3
1,005.7
(9.7)
6.7
61.7
1,930.3
3,306.0
–
3,306.0

These consolidated financial statements have been approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 23 February 2011. 

D.A. Fischel 
Chief Executive 

M. Roberts 
Finance Director 

Notes on pages 69 to 108 form part of these consolidated financial statements.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

65

Statements of changes in equity 
for the year ended 31 December 2010 

Group 

At 1 January 2010 
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income: 
Revaluation of other  
investments 
Realise revaluation reserve on 
disposal of other investments 
Exchange differences 
Tax on items taken to other  
comprehensive income 
Total comprehensive income  
for the year 
Ordinary shares issued 
Dividends paid 
Redemption and conversion  
of convertible bonds 
Non-controlling interest additions 
Share-based payments 
Acquisition of treasury shares 
Disposal of treasury shares 
Other 
Reduction of capital (note 38) 
Demerger effected by way of  
repayment of capital (note 38) 

At 31 December 2010 

Attributable to equity shareholders of CSC Group PLC 

Share  
capital  
£m 

311.3 
– 

Share 
premium 
£m

1,005.7
–

Treasury 
shares 
£m

(9.7)
–

Convertible 
bond 
reserve 
£m

6.7
–

Other 
reserves 
£m

286.9
–

Retained  
earnings  
£m 

Non-
controlling 
interest
£m

Total 
£m 

Total 
equity
£m

820.2 
511.8 

2,421.1 
511.8 

–
16.8

2,421.1
528.6

– 

– 
– 

– 

–

–
–

–

– 
35.0 
– 

–
20.4
–

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

–
–
–
–
–
–
(1,005.7)

– 
35.0 
346.3 

–
(985.3)
20.4

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
(20.9)
0.7
–
–

–
(20.2)
(29.9)

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

(6.7)
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
(6.7)
–

17.2

2.6
(1.1)

(2.8)

15.9
185.1
–

– 

– 
– 

– 

17.2 

2.6 
(1.1) 

(2.8) 

511.8 
– 
(102.8) 

527.7 
240.5 
(102.8) 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

6.7 
– 
1.0 
– 
5.3 
0.6 
1,005.7 

– 
– 
1.0 
(20.9) 
6.0 
0.6 
– 

–

–
–

–

16.8
–
–

–
3.1
–
–
–
–
–

17.2

2.6
(1.1)

(2.8)

544.5
240.5
(102.8)

–
3.1
1.0
(20.9)
6.0
0.6
–

38.6
223.7
526.5

(838.4) 
78.1 
1,410.1 

(799.8) 
(675.4) 
2,273.4 

–
3.1
19.9

(799.8)
(672.3)
2,293.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Statements of changes in equity 
for the year ended 31 December 2010  
Continued 

Group 

At 1 January 2009 
Loss for the year 
Other comprehensive income: 
Revaluation of other 
investments 
Realise revaluation 
reserve on disposal of 
other investments 
Exchange differences 
Actuarial loss on defined 
benefit pension schemes 
Tax on items taken to other 
comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 
for the year  
Ordinary shares issued 
Realisation of merger reserve 
Dividends paid 
Conversion of convertible bonds 
Loss of control of deemed 
subsidiary 
Increase in partner capital 
Non-controlling interest additions 
Purchase of non-controlling 
interest 
Share-based payments 
Acquisition of treasury shares 
Disposal of treasury shares 

At 31 December 2009 

Attributable to equity shareholders of CSC Group PLC 

Share  
capital  
£m 

182.6 
– 

Share  
premium  
£m 

993.4 
– 

Treasury 
shares 
£m

(10.8)
–

Convertible 
bond 
reserve 
£m

7.6
–

Other
reserves 
£m

287.3
–

Retained 
earnings 
£m

497.9
(338.8)

Total  
£m 

1,958.0 
(338.8) 

Non-
controlling 
interest 
£m

Total
equity
£m

27.8
(31.3)

1,985.8
(370.1)

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
128.0 
– 
– 
0.7 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
128.7 
311.3 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
12.3 

– 
– 
– 

–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

– 
– 
– 
– 
12.3 
1,005.7 

–
–
(0.2)
1.3
1.1
(9.7)

–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
(0.9)

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
(0.9)
6.7

(5.3)

4.5
2.2

–

–

–
–

(5.3) 

4.5 
2.2 

–

–
–

(5.3)

4.5
2.2

(14.5)

(14.5) 

(0.3)

(14.8)

(2.0)

(0.8)

(2.8) 

–

(2.8)

(0.6)
737.7
(737.7)
–
–

–
–
–

–
0.2
–
–
0.2
286.9

(354.1)
–
737.7
(28.2)
0.9

–
0.3
–

(34.3)
–
–
–
676.4
820.2

(354.7) 
865.7 
– 
(28.2) 
13.0 

– 
0.3 
– 

(34.3) 
0.2 
(0.2) 
1.3 
817.8 
2,421.1 

(31.6)
–
–
–
–

(8.0)
–
11.8

–
–
–
–
3.8
–

(386.3)
865.7
–
(28.2)
13.0

(8.0)
0.3
11.8

(34.3)
0.2
(0.2)
1.3
821.6
2,421.1

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

67

Statements of changes in equity 
for the year ended 31 December 2010 
Continued 

Company 

At 1 January 2010 
Loss for the year 
Total comprehensive income for the year 
Ordinary shares issued 
Dividends paid 
Redemption and conversion of convertible bonds 
Share-based payments 
Acquisition of treasury shares 
Disposal of treasury shares 
Reserve transfer 
Other 
Reduction of capital (note 38) 
Demerger effected by way of repayment of capital 
(note 38) 

At 31 December 2010 

Company 

At 1 January 2009 
Loss for the year 
Other comprehensive income: 

Actuarial losses on defined benefit  
pension schemes 
Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income for the year 
Ordinary shares issued 
Realisation of merger reserve 
Dividends paid 
Reserve transfer 
Conversion of convertible bonds 
Share-based payments 
Acquisition of treasury shares 
Disposal of treasury shares 

At 31 December 2009 

Attributable to equity shareholders of CSC Group PLC

Treasury 
shares 
£m

Convertible 
bond  
reserve  
£m 

Other 
reserves  
£m 

(9.7)
–
–
–
–
–
–
(20.9)
0.7
–
–
–

–
(20.2)
(29.9)

6.7 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(6.7) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
(6.7) 
– 

61.7 
– 
– 
185.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(0.3) 
– 
– 

– 
184.8 
246.5 

Retained 
earnings 
£m

1,930.3
(576.9)
(576.9)
–
(102.8)
6.7
1.0
–
5.3
0.3
0.6
1,005.7

(799.8)
117.0
1,470.4

Total 
£m

3,306.0
(576.9)
(576.9)
240.5
(102.8)
–
1.0
(20.9)
6.0
–
0.6
–

(799.8)
(675.4)
2,053.7

Share 
premium 
£m

1,005.7
–
–
20.4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1,005.7)

–
(985.3)
20.4

Attributable to equity shareholders of CSC Group PLC

Share 
premium 
£m

993.4
–

Treasury 
shares 
£m

(10.8)
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
12.3
–
–
–
12.3
1,005.7

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(0.2)
1.3
1.1
(9.7)

Convertible 
bond  
reserve  
£m 

7.6 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(0.9) 
– 
– 
– 
(0.9) 
6.7 

Other 
reserves  
£m 

61.4 
– 

Retained 
earnings 
£m

1,395.5
(160.4)

– 
– 
– 
737.7 
(737.7) 
– 
0.1 
– 
0.2 
– 
– 
0.3 
61.7 

(14.2)
(0.9)
(175.5)
–
737.7
(28.2)
(0.1)
0.9
–
–
–
710.3
1,930.3

Total 
£m

2,629.7
(160.4)

(14.2)
(0.9)
(175.5)
865.7
–
(28.2)
–
13.0
0.2
(0.2)
1.3
851.8
3,306.0

Share 
capital 
£m

311.3
–
–
35.0
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
35.0
346.3

Share 
capital 
£m

182.6
–

–
–
–
128.0
–
–
–
0.7
–
–
–
128.7
311.3

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Statements of cash flows  
for the year ended 31 December 2010 

Cash flows from continuing operations 
Cash generated from operations 
Interest paid 
Interest received 
Taxation 
REIT entry charge 
Cash flows from operating activities 
Cash flows from investing activities 
Purchase and development of property, plant and equipment
Sale of property 
Sale of other investments 
Purchase of other investments 
Purchase of pension insurance policy 
Other derivative financial instruments 
Cash flows from investing activities 
Cash flows from financing activities 
Partnership equity introduced 
Issue of ordinary shares 
Acquisition of treasury shares 
Sale of treasury shares 
Cash transferred from/(to) restricted accounts 
Borrowings drawn 
Borrowings repaid 
Equity dividends paid 
Cash flows from financing activities 
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
from continuing operations 
Cash flows from discontinued operations 
Operating activities 
Investing activities 
Financing activities 
Cash and cash equivalents transferred on demerger 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 
and cash equivalents 
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
from discontinued operations 
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 

Notes

41

24

24

Re-presented 
Group 
2009 
£m 

Company 
2010 
£m 

Company
2009
£m

Group
2010
£m

226.8
(229.1)
1.5
2.2
(40.1)
(38.7)

(47.4)
64.4
10.4
(4.2)
–
(26.2)
(3.0)

3.1
222.4
(1.4)
0.2
19.8
518.7
(690.3)
(102.2)
(29.7)

250.3 
(221.9) 
16.5 
1.1 
(33.1) 
12.9 

(189.8) 
4.6 
18.7 
– 
(15.5) 
– 
(182.0) 

11.7 
865.7 
(0.2) 
– 
(19.8) 
237.3 
(478.3) 
(23.0) 
593.4 

(71.4)

424.3 

0.3
(1.2)
(69.0)
(179.2)

0.4

(248.7)
(320.1)
562.7
242.6

9.6 
119.7 
(60.6) 
– 

(1.2) 

67.5 
491.8 
70.9 
562.7 

(37.1) 
(8.7) 
8.9 
0.8 
– 
(36.1) 

(3.7) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(3.7) 

– 
222.4 
(1.4) 
0.2 
– 
– 
(79.2) 
(102.2) 
39.8 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

(673.1)
(25.9)
13.3
(0.3)
–
(686.0)

(0.7)
–
–
–
(15.5)
–
(16.2)

–
865.7
(0.2)
–
–
190.2
(330.5)
(23.0)
702.2

–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

69

Notes to the accounts 

1 Accounting convention and basis  
of preparation 

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the 
European Union (IFRS), IFRIC interpretations and with those parts 
of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under 
IFRS. The Directors have taken advantage of the exemption offered 
by Section 408 of the Companies Act not to present a separate 
income statement for the Company. 

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical 
cost convention as modified by the revaluation of properties, available-
for-sale investments, financial assets and liabilities held for trading. 
A summary of the more important Group accounting policies is 
set out in note 2. 

The accounting policies used are consistent with those applied in the 
last annual financial statements, as amended to reflect the adoption 
of new standards, amendments, and interpretations which became 
effective in the year. During 2010, the following standards, 
amendments and interpretations endorsed by the EU are effective 
for the first time for the Group’s 31 December 2010 year end: 

IFRS 2 Share-based Payment (amendment); 

IFRS 3 Business Combinations; 

IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements; 

IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement 
(amendment); 

IFRIC 12 Service Concession Arrangements; 

IFRIC 15 Arrangements for Construction of Real Estate; 

IFRIC 16 Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation; 

IFRIC 17 Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners; and 

Amendments arising from the 2008 and 2009 annual 
improvements project. 

These either had no material impact on the financial statements or 
resulted in changes to presentation and disclosure only. 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally 
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities 
at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of 
revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these 
estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, 
event or actions, actual results ultimately may differ from those 
estimates. Where such judgements are made they are included within 
the accounting policies given in note 2.  

The comparative information has been re-presented to meet the 
requirements of IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and 
Discontinued Operations so that operations being reclassified as 
discontinued during the year ended 31 December 2010 are also 
shown as discontinued in certain comparatives. Comparative 
information is re-presented for the income statement and statement 
of cash flows but not the balance sheet. Balance sheet comparatives 
have been re-presented to classify derivative financial instruments 
according to their maturity date. 

The following standards and interpretations have been issued 
and adopted by the EU but are not effective for the year ended 
31 December 2010 and have not been adopted early: 

IAS 24 Related Party Transactions; 

IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation (amendment); 

IFRIC 14 IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum 
Funding Requirements and their Interaction (amendment); and 

IFRIC 19 Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments. 

These pronouncements are not expected to have a material impact 
on the financial statements, but will result in changes to presentation 
or disclosure where they are applicable.  

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to 
affect its future development, performance and position are set out in 
the Chairman’s statement on pages 6 to 8 and the Business review 
on pages 12 to 19. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, 
liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in the Financial 
review on pages 22 to 27. In addition note 32 includes the Group’s 
risk management objectives, details of its financial instruments and 
hedging activities, its exposures to liquidity risk and details of its 
capital structure. 

Following the successful £216 million, net of expenses, capital raising 
completed in November 2010 and the completion of the Trafford 
Centre acquisition in January 2011, the Group has access to a 
substantial cash balance and a £248 million undrawn revolving credit 
facility. The Group has no major asset-specific debt refinancing 
requirements until 2014. 

The Directors have therefore concluded, based on the Group’s 
forecasts and projections and taking into account reasonably possible 
changes in trading performance along with the factors listed above, 
that there is a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. Thus they continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing the annual financial statements. 

2 Accounting policies – Group and Company 

Basis of consolidation 

The consolidated financial information includes the Company and its 
subsidiaries and their interests in joint ventures and associates. 

All intra-group transactions, balances and unrealised gains on 
transactions between Group companies are eliminated on 
consolidation. 

– subsidiaries 
Subsidiary undertakings are those entities for which the Group has 
the ability to govern the financial and operating policies, whether 
through a majority of the voting rights or otherwise. Subsidiaries are 
fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the 
Group and are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. 

 
 
 
70 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

2 Accounting policies – Group and Company 
(continued) 

The Company’s investment in Group companies is carried at cost less 
accumulated impairment losses.  

– joint ventures 
A joint venture is an entity over which the Group, either directly or 
indirectly, is in a position to jointly control the financial and operating 
policies of the entity. 

The Group’s interest in joint ventures is accounted for using 
proportional consolidation. The Group’s share of the assets, liabilities, 
income and expenses are combined with the equivalent items in the 
consolidated financial statements on a line-by-line basis. 

– associates 
An associate is an entity over which the Group, either directly 
or indirectly, is in a position to exercise significant influence by 
participating in, but without control or joint control of the financial 
and operating policies of the entity. 

The Group’s interest in associate entities is accounted for using the 
equity method.  

– non-controlling interest 
A non-controlling interest is the equity in a subsidiary not owned, 
directly or indirectly, by the Company. Non-controlling interests are 
presented in the balance sheet within equity, separately from the 
amounts attributable to equity shareholders of the Company. 
Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income 
is attributed to equity shareholders of the Company and to non-
controlling interests. 

Foreign currencies 

The assets and liabilities of foreign entities are translated into 
sterling at the rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date and their 
income statement and cash flows are translated at the average rate 
for the period. Exchange differences arising are dealt with in other 
comprehensive income. 

At entity level, transactions in currencies other than the entities 
functional currency are recorded at the exchange rate prevailing at the 
transaction dates. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from 
settlement of these transactions and from retranslation of monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised 
in the income statement except when qualifying as hedges, in which 
case they are dealt with in other comprehensive income. 

Revenue recognition 

The Group recognises revenue on an accruals basis, when the 
amount of revenue can be reliably measured and it is probable that 
future economic benefits will flow to the Group. 

– property revenue 
Gross rental income is calculated on an accruals basis. Rental income 
receivable is spread evenly over the period from lease commencement 
to expiry. Directly attributable lease incentives are recognised within 
net rental income on the same straight-line basis as rental income.  

Contingent rents, being those lease payments that are not fixed at the 
inception of a lease, for example increases arising on rent reviews or 
rents linked to tenant revenues, are recorded as income in the periods 
in which they are earned.  

Rent reviews are recognised as income from the date of the rent 
review, based on management’s estimates, when they can be 
measured reliably. Estimates are derived from knowledge of market 
rents for comparable properties determined on an individual property 
basis and updated for progress of negotiations. 

Service charge income is recognised on an accruals basis in line with 
the service being provided. 

– interest and other income 
Revenue in respect of investments and other income represents 
investment income, earned on an accruals basis and profits or losses 
recognised on investments held for the short term. Interest income is 
accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and 
the effective interest rate. 

– dividend income 
Dividend income is recognised when the shareholders’ right to receive 
payment has been established. 

– trading property income 
Revenue on the sale of trading property is recognised when the 
significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred 
to the buyer. This will normally take place on exchange of contracts. 

Share-based payments 

The cost of granting share options and other share-based 
remuneration to employees and Directors is recognised through 
the income statement with reference to the fair value of the options 
at the date of grant. The income statement is charged over the 
vesting period of the options.  

An option pricing model is used applying assumptions around 
expected yields, forfeiture rates, exercise price and volatility.  

Own shares held in connection with employee share plans and other 
share-based payment arrangements are treated as treasury shares 
and the cost of these is deducted from equity. 

Exceptional items 

Exceptional items are those items that in the Directors’ view are 
required to be separately disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence 
to enable a full understanding of the Group’s financial performance.  

Income taxes 

Current tax is the amount payable on the taxable income for the year 
and any adjustment in respect of prior years. It is calculated using 
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date. 

Deferred tax, on non-REIT items, is provided using the balance sheet 
liability method in respect of temporary differences between the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements 
and the amounts used in the computation of taxable profit, with the 
exception of deferred tax on revaluation surpluses where the tax basis 
used is the accounts’ historic cost. 

Temporary differences are not provided on the initial recognition 
of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit, 
and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 
that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Deferred tax is determined using tax rates that have been enacted 
or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected 
to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred 
tax liability is settled.  

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that 
management believe it is probable that future taxable profit will be 
available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only when they relate to 
taxes levied by the same authority and the Group intends to settle 
them on a net basis. 

Tax is included in the income statement except when it relates to items 
recognised in other comprehensive income, or directly in equity, in 
which case the related tax is also recognised in other comprehensive 
income or directly in equity. 

 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

71

2 Accounting policies – Group and Company 
(continued) 

– Group as lessor: 
Properties are leased out under operating leases, with rental income 
being recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For more 
detail see the revenue recognition policy. 

Investment and development property 

Plant and equipment 

Investment and development properties are owned or leased by the 
Group and held for long-term rental income and capital appreciation. 

The Group has elected to use the fair value model. Properties are 
initially recognised at cost and subsequently revalued at the balance 
sheet date to fair value as determined by professionally qualified 
external valuers on the basis of market value. Valuations conform 
with the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (“RICS”), Valuation 
Standards 6th Edition and IVS1 of International Valuation Standards. 

The main estimates and judgements underlying the valuations are in 
relation to market rent, taking into account forecast growth rates and 
yields based on known transactions for similar properties and likely 
incentives offered to tenants. 

Property held under leases are stated gross of the recognised finance 
lease liability.  

The cost of investment and development property includes 
capitalised interest and other directly attributable outgoings incurred 
during development, except in the case of properties and land where 
no development is imminent, in which case no interest is included. 
Interest is capitalised (before tax relief), on the basis of the average 
rate of interest paid on the relevant debt outstanding, until the date of 
practical completion. 

Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of investment 
and development property are recognised in the income statement. 
Depreciation is not provided in respect of investment and 
development property. 

When the use of a property changes from that of investment to 
trading, the property’s deemed cost for subsequent accounting in 
accordance with IAS 2 Inventories is its fair value at the date of 
change in use. 

Gains or losses arising on the sale of investment and development 
property are recognised when the significant risks and rewards of 
ownership have been transferred to the buyer. This will normally take 
place on exchange of contracts. The gain or loss recognised is the 
proceeds received less the carrying value of the property and costs 
directly associated with the sale. 

Leases 

Leases are classified according to the substance of the transaction. 
A lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership to the lessee is classified as a finance lease. All other 
leases are normally classified as operating leases. 

– Group as lessee: 
Finance leases of investment property are accounted for as finance 
leases and recognised as an asset and an obligation to pay future 
minimum lease payments. The investment property asset is included 
in the balance sheet at fair value, gross of the recognised finance 
lease liability.  

Other finance lease assets are capitalised at the lower of the fair 
value of the leased asset or the present value of the minimum lease 
payments and depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and the 
useful life of the asset. 

Lease payments are allocated between the liability and finance 
charges so as to achieve a constant financing rate. 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to the income 
statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  

Plant and equipment consists of vehicles, fixtures, fittings and other 
equipment. Plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. 

Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over an asset’s estimated useful life up to a maximum of 
five years. 

Other investments 

Available-for-sale investments, being investments intended to be held 
for an indefinite period, are initially and subsequently measured at fair 
value. For listed investments, fair value is the current bid market value 
at the reporting date. For unlisted investments where there is no active 
market, fair value is assessed using an appropriate methodology. 

Gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are included in 
other comprehensive income, except to the extent that losses are 
considered to represent an impairment, in which case they are 
recognised in the income statement.  

Upon disposal, accumulated fair value adjustments are recycled 
from reserves to the income statement. 

Impairment of assets 

The Group’s assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date to 
determine whether events or changes in circumstances exist that 
indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. If such 
an indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. 
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less 
costs to sell and its value in use. An impairment loss is recognised in 
the income statement for the amount by which the asset’s carrying 
amount exceeds its recoverable amount. For the purposes of 
assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for 
which there are separately identifiable cash flows (referred to as cash 
generating units). 

Trading property 

Trading property comprises those properties either intended for sale 
or in the process of construction for sale. Where such properties 
were previously categorised as investment and development property 
they are transferred at their fair value which forms their deemed cost. 
Trading property is carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 

Trade receivables 

Trade receivables are recognised and subsequently measured at 
amortised cost.  

The Directors’ exercise judgement as to the collectability of the trade 
receivables and determines if it is appropriate to impair these assets. 
Factors such as days past due, credit status of the counterparty and 
historical evidence of collection are considered. 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, deposits with 
banks, whether restricted or unrestricted and other short-term liquid 
investments with original maturities of three months or less. 

Trade payables 

Trade payables are recognised and subsequently measured at 
amortised cost. 

 
 
 
72 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

2 Accounting policies – Group and Company 
(continued) 

Provisions 

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a current obligation 
arising from a past event and it is probable that the Group will be 
required to settle that obligation. Provisions are measured at the 
Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle that 
obligation at the balance sheet date. 

Compound instruments 

At the date of issue of compound instruments, the fair value of the 
liability component is estimated using the prevailing market interest 
rate for similar non-compound debt. The difference between the 
proceeds of issue and the fair value of the liability is included in 
equity. Issue costs are apportioned between the liability and equity 
components based on their relative initial carrying values. The liability 
element of compound instruments is subsequently measured using 
the expected interest rate method. The value of the equity component 
is not re-measured in subsequent periods. 

Pensions 

Treasury shares 

The costs of defined contribution schemes and contributions to 
personal plans are charged to the income statement in the year in 
which they are incurred. 

Investments held in the Company’s own shares are deducted from 
equity at cost. Where such shares are subsequently sold, any 
consideration received is recognised directly in equity. 

Borrowings 

Borrowings are recognised initially at their net proceeds on issue and 
subsequently carried at amortised cost. Any transaction costs and 
premiums or discounts are recognised over the contractual life using 
the effective interest method. 

In the event of early repayment, all unamortised transaction costs are 
recognised immediately in the income statement. 

Derivative financial instruments 

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to manage exposure 
to interest rate and foreign exchange risk. They are initially recognised 
on the trade date at fair value and subsequently re-measured at fair 
value based on market price. 

Changes in fair value are recognised directly in the income statement, 
except for the effective portion of gains or losses on derivative 
instruments designated as a hedge of net investment in foreign 
operations, in which case they are recognised in other 
comprehensive income. 

Share capital 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly 
attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares are shown in equity 
as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. 

Non-current assets held for sale and 
discontinued operations 

Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for 
sale if their carrying amount will be recovered through sale rather than 
through continuing use. The asset or disposal group must be available 
for immediate sale and the sale must be highly probable and be 
expected to complete within one year of the balance sheet date. 
Where applicable, non-current assets and disposal groups classified 
as held for sale are measured at the lower of fair value less costs to 
sell and their carrying amount. 

Impairment losses on initial classification as held for sale are included 
in the income statement. Gains reversing previous impairment losses 
or losses on subsequent re-measurements are also included in the 
income statement. 

Assets classified as held for sale are disclosed separately on the face 
of the balance sheet and classified as current assets or liabilities with 
disposal groups being separated between assets held for sale and 
liabilities held for sale. No amortisation or depreciation is charged on 
non-current assets (including those in disposal groups) classified as 
held for sale. 

A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business that 
represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of 
operation that has been disposed of, has been abandoned or meets 
the criteria for classification as held for sale. Discontinued operations 
are presented in the income statement as a separate line entitled 
“Profit for the year from discontinued operations” and in a separate 
section in the statement of cash flows entitled “Cash flows from 
discontinued operations”. 

Current/non-current classification 

Current assets include assets held primarily for trading purposes, 
cash and cash equivalents, and assets expected to be realised in, 
or intended for sale or consumption in, the course of the Group’s 
operating cycle. All other assets are classified as non-current assets. 

Current liabilities include liabilities held primarily for trading purposes, 
liabilities expected to be settled in the course of the Group’s operating 
cycle and those liabilities due within one year from the reporting date. 
All other liabilities are classified as non-current liabilities. 

 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

73

3 Segmental reporting 

Operating segments are determined based on the internal reporting and operational management of the Group. Following the demerger of 
Capco (see note 38) the Group has reassessed its segmental reporting. The Group is now primarily a UK shopping centre focused business 
and to reflect this, the segmental reporting has been changed to show one main reportable operating segment being UK Shopping Centres.  

Revenue represents total income from tenants and net rental income is the principal profit measure used to measure performance. All continuing 
items in the income statement arise in the UK Shopping Centres segment. A more detailed analysis of net rental income is given below. 

Revenue 
Rent receivable 
Service charge income 

Rent payable 
Service charge and other non-recoverable costs 
Net rental income 

Additional disclosures for the UK Shopping Centres segment: 

Depreciation 
Additions to non-current assets1 

1  Excluding financial instruments and deferred tax assets. 

2010 
£m

420.3
350.4
59.6
410.0
(23.7)
(109.4)
276.9

2010 
£m

0.4
37.5

2009 
£m

405.0
341.1
58.9
400.0
(21.4)
(111.3)
267.3

2009 
£m

0.2
163.6

The Group’s geographical segments are set out below. This represents where the Group’s assets and revenues are predominantly domiciled. 

2010 
£m

420.3
–
–
420.3

Revenue1 

2009  
£m 

405.0 
– 
– 
405.0 

2010 
£m

5,137.7
–
39.3
5,177.0

Non-current assets2

2009 
£m

5,956.9
351.0
31.5
6,339.4

United Kingdom 
United States 
India 

1  Revenue is presented for continuing operations only. 

2  Non-current assets excluding financial instruments and deferred tax assets.  

4 Net other income 

Sale of trading property 
Cost of sales 
Profit on sale of trading property 
Write down of trading property 
Insurance recovery 
Net other income 

5 Revaluation and sale of investment and development property 

Revaluation of investment and development property 
Sale of investment property  
Revaluation and sale of investment and development property 

2010 
£m

10.3
(9.3)
1.0
(0.3)
–
0.7

2010 
£m

500.6
(3.4)
497.2

2009 
£m

–
–
–
(0.1)
5.0
4.9

2009 
£m

(534.7)
(1.0)
(535.7)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

6 Operating profit 

Operating profit is arrived at after charging: 

Staff costs  
Depreciation 
Remuneration paid to the Company’s auditors (note 8) 

7 Employees’ information 

Employees’ information is given for continuing operations only. 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Other pension costs  
Share based payments (note 45) 

2010  
£m 

20.7 
0.4 
2.5 

2009 
£m

18.5
0.2
2.1

Group
2010
£m

16.5
2.1
1.1
1.0
20.7

Group 
2009 
£m 

15.3 
1.8 
1.2 
0.2 
18.5 

Company 
2010 
£m 

Company
2009
£m

5.6 
0.8 
0.3 
1.0 
7.7 

8.3
0.9
0.8
0.2
10.2

At 31 December 2010 the number of persons employed by the Group in continuing operations was 228 (2009 – 246) and by the Company was 
nil (2009 – 95). During the year all the employees of the Company were transferred to a subsidiary. The monthly average number of persons 
employed in continuing operations during the year was: 

Head Office 
Shopping Centres 

8 Auditors’ remuneration 

Remuneration to the principal auditor in respect of audit fees: 

Statutory audit of the Company and consolidated accounts 
Remuneration to the principal auditor in respect of other services: 

Statutory audit of subsidiary accounts 
Other services pursuant to legislation2 
Fees in respect of Group and Company audit and review services 
Statutory audit of the pension funds 
Taxation advisory services 
Other services 
Fees in respect of other recurring services 
Corporate finance advisory services1 

Remuneration to other auditors comprises: 
Statutory audit of UK subsidiaries 
Tax services to UK subsidiaries 
Statutory audit of US subsidiary 
Tax services to US subsidiary 

2010  
Number 

142 
92 
234 

2010  
£000 

184 

101 
40 
325 
10 
14 
36 
60 
2,150 
2,535 

– 
27 
137 
122 

2009 
Number

149
108
257

2009 
£000

435

347
75
857
9
40
21
70
1,154
2,081

159
229
195
105

1  Fees payable to the principal auditor in respect of corporate finance advisory services include fees in respect of work required for the Group’s demerger of Capco 
and acquisition of The Trafford Centre. PwC were selected to undertake this work after consideration of the impact this may have on their independence, which it 
was concluded would not be impinged by undertaking the work. A further consideration in the decision was, given their prior knowledge of the Group’s activities, 
PwC were best placed to carry out the work, taking into account general efficiency and cost effectiveness. Fees of this type are ad hoc in nature and occur in 
respect of major corporate transactions. 

2  Relates to fees in respect of the review of the Group’s Interim Report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

75

9 Finance costs 

On bank loans and overdrafts 
On convertible debt 
On obligations under finance leases 
Gross finance costs  
Interest capitalised on developments 
Finance costs 

2010 
£m

160.8
2.3
4.0
167.1
(1.7)
165.4

2009 
£m

184.9
2.9
4.1
191.9
(17.1)
174.8

Interest is capitalised, before tax relief, on the basis of the average rate of interest paid on the relevant debt, applied to the cost of developments 
during the year. 

10 Other finance costs 

Metrocentre amortisation of compound financial instrument 
Loss on sale/repurchase of CMBS notes1 
Revolving credit facility arrangement fee1 
Cost of termination of derivative financial instruments1 
Other finance costs 

2010 
£m

8.8
–
1.2
65.1
75.1

2009 
£m

9.6
4.3
5.4
28.9
48.2

1  Amounts totalling £66.3 million in the year ended 31 December 2010 are treated as exceptional and therefore excluded from the calculation of underlying 

earnings (2009 – £38.6 million). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

11 Taxation 

Taxation charge for the year 
Current UK corporation tax at 28% (2009 – 28%) 
Prior year items – UK corporation tax 
Current tax  
Deferred tax: 

On investment and development property 
On derivative financial instruments 
On exceptional items 

Deferred tax 
REIT entry charge 
Total tax charge 

2010  
£m 

– 
0.1 
0.1 

0.4 
(2.6) 
(0.6) 
(2.8) 
3.3 
0.6 

2009 
£m

–
(2.9)
(2.9)

(0.2)
69.5
(2.2)
67.1
3.1
67.3

The tax charge for the year is lower (2009 – higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. The differences are explained below: 

Profit/(loss) before tax 
Profit/(loss) before tax multiplied by the standard rate in the UK of 28% (2009 – 28%) 
UK capital allowances not reversing on sale 
Disposals of properties and investments 
Prior year corporation tax items 
Prior year deferred tax items 
Expenses disallowed, net of capitalised interest 
Interest disallowed under transfer pricing 
Group relief 
REIT exemption – corporation tax 
REIT exemption – deferred tax 
REIT exemption – entry charge 
Unutilised losses carried forward 
Unprovided deferred tax 
Reduction in tax rate 
Total tax charge 

Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income is analysed as: 

Investment and development property 
Pension liability movements 
Revaluation and sale of investments 
Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income 

2010  
£m 

446.2 
124.9 
(4.2) 
(17.1) 
0.1 
1.0 
5.9 
0.6 
– 
6.8 
(130.8) 
3.3 
1.2 
8.0 
0.9 
0.6 

2010  
£m 

(0.1) 
– 
2.9 
2.8 

2009 
£m

(119.5)
(33.5)
(4.1)
(2.4)
(2.8)
4.5
(3.4)
1.9
1.9
(13.4)
134.1
3.1
0.9
(19.5)
–
67.3

2009 
£m

–
0.8
2.0
2.8

12 Loss for the financial year attributable to shareholders of Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC 

Losses of £576.9 million are dealt with in the accounts of the Company in respect of the year (2009 – losses of £160.4 million). No income 
statement is presented for the Company as permitted by Section 408 Companies Act 2006. The loss recognised in the Company for the year 
ended 31 December 2010 was caused by the reorganisation of intercompany balances prior to the demerger of Capco in May 2010. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

77

13 Dividends  

Ordinary shares 
Prior period final dividend paid of 11.5 pence per share (2009 – nil pence per share) 
Interim dividend paid of 5 pence per share (2009 – 5 pence per share) 
Dividends paid 

Proposed final dividend of 10 pence per share  

Details of the shares in issue and dividends waived are given in notes 35 and 37. 

14 Earnings per share 

(a) Earnings per share 

Basic and diluted earnings per share as calculated in accordance with IAS 33 Earnings per Share. 

2010 
£m

71.4
31.4
102.8

85.9

2009 
£m

–
28.2
28.2

Continuing operations: 
Basic earnings/(loss) per share1 
Dilutive convertible bonds, share options and share awards 
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share 
Discontinued operations: 
Basic earnings/(loss) per share1 
Dilutive convertible bonds, share options and share awards 
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share 
Continuing and discontinued operations: 
Basic earnings/(loss) per share1 
Dilutive convertible bonds, share options and share awards 
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share 

Earnings
£m

Shares
million

Pence per
share

Earnings 
£m 

Shares
million

Pence per
share

2010

2009

428.8
1.7
430.5

83.0
–
83.0

511.8
1.7
513.5

627.8
9.7
637.5

627.8
9.7
637.5

627.8
9.7
637.5

68.3p

67.5p

13.2p

13.0p

81.5p

80.5p

(175.1) 
1.5 
(173.6) 

(163.7) 
– 
(163.7) 

(338.8) 
1.5 
(337.3) 

497.7
12.3
510.0

497.7
12.3
510.0

497.7
12.3
510.0

(35.2)p

(34.0)p

(32.9)p

(32.1)p

(68.1)p

(66.1)p

1  The weighted average number of shares used for the calculation of basic earnings/(loss) per share has been adjusted for shares held in the ESOP and treasury 

shares. 

(b) Headline earnings per share 

Headline earnings per share has been calculated and presented as required by the Johannesburg Stock Exchange listing requirements and is 
given for continuing plus discontinued operations. 

Basic earnings/(loss) 
Remove: 
Revaluation and sale of investment and development property 
Sale and impairment of other investments 
Impairment of other receivables 
Exceptional other income 
Headline (loss)/earnings 
Dilution2 
Diluted headline (loss)/earnings 
Weighted average number of shares 
Dilution2 
Diluted weighted average number of shares 
Headline (loss)/earnings per share (pence) 
Diluted headline (loss)/earnings per share (pence) 

1  Net of tax and non-controlling interest. 

Gross
£m

(580.5)
2.6
–
–

2010  

Net1 
£m  

511.8  

(547.5)  
2.6  
–  
–  
(33.1)  
1.7  
(31.4)  
627.8  
9.7  
637.5  
(5.3)p  
(4.9)p  

Gross
£m

768.3
10.4
12.0
(5.3)

2009

Net1
£m 

(338.8) 

704.9 
10.4 
12.0 
(5.3) 
383.2 
1.5 
384.7 
497.7 
12.3 
510.0 
77.0p 
75.4p 

2  The dilution impact is required to be included as for earnings per share as calculated in note 14(a) even where this is not dilutive for headline earnings per share. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

14 Earnings per share (continued) 

(c) Underlying earnings per share 

Underlying earnings per share is a non–GAAP measure but has been included as it is considered to be a key measure of the Group’s operating 
results and indication of the extent to which dividend payments are supported by current earnings. 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations1 
Remove: 
Revaluation and sale of investment and development property 
Sale and impairment of other investments 
Exceptional administration costs 
Exceptional other income 
Exceptional finance charges 
Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments 
Tax on the above 
REIT entry charge 
Non-controlling interest in respect of the above 
Add: 
C&C US underlying earnings included within discontinued operations 
Underlying earnings per share 
Dilutive convertible bonds, share options and share awards 
Underlying, diluted earnings per share 

2010

Earnings
£m

428.8

Shares
million

627.8

Pence per
share

Earnings 
£m 

68.3p

(175.1) 

Shares
million

497.7

(497.2)
2.6
15.6
–
66.3
50.0
(2.8)
3.3
19.1

10.9
96.6
1.7
98.3

(79.2)p
0.4p
2.5p
–
10.6p
8.0p
(0.4)p
0.5p
3.0p

1.7p
15.4p

15.4p

535.7 
10.1 
– 
(5.0) 
38.6 
(399.6) 
66.9 
3.1 
(5.9) 

6.3 
75.1 
1.5 
76.6 

627.8
9.7
637.5

497.7
12.3
510.0

2009

Pence per
share

(35.2)p

107.6p
2.0p
–
(1.0)p
7.8p
(80.3)p
13.5p
0.6p
(1.2)p

1.3p
15.1p

15.0p

1  The weighted average number of shares used for the calculation of basic earnings/(loss) per share has been adjusted for shares held in the ESOP and treasury 

shares. 

15 Net assets per share 

NAV per share (diluted, adjusted) is a non-GAAP measure but has been included as it is considered to be a key measure of the Group’s results. 

NAV attributable to equity shareholders of CSC Group PLC1 
Dilutive convertible bonds, share options and share awards 
Diluted NAV 
Add: 
Unrecognised surplus on trading properties (net of tax) 
Remove: 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments (net of tax) 
Deferred tax on investment and development property 
Non-controlling interest in respect of the above 
Add: 
Non–controlling interest recoverable balance not recognised 
NAV per share (diluted, adjusted) 

Net
assets
£m

2,273.4
–
2,273.4

1.4

314.9
47.7
(31.7)

2010

NAV per
share
(pence)

331p

331p

Shares
million

685.8
–
685.8

Net 
assets 
£m 

2,421.1 
101.3 
2,522.4 

Shares
million

621.5
12.8
634.3

–

0.9 

46p
7p
(5)p

335.5 
42.9 
(27.1) 

71.3
2,677.0

685.8

11p
390p

71.3 
2,945.9 

634.3

2009

NAV per
share
(pence)

390p

398p

–

53p
7p
(5)p

11p
464p

1  The number of shares used has been adjusted for shares held in the ESOP and treasury shares. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

79

16 Investment and development property 

At 1 January 2009 
Additions from acquisitions 
Additions from subsequent expenditure 
Loss of deemed control of former subsidiary 
Other disposals 
Foreign exchange movements 
Deficit on revaluation 
At 31 December 2009 
C&C US balances transferred to assets held for sale 
Additions from subsequent expenditure 
Other disposals 
Transferred to trading property 
Surplus on revaluation 
Transferred on demerger (note 38) 
At 31 December 2010 

Balance sheet carrying value of investment and development property 
Adjustment in respect of tenant incentives 
Adjustment in respect of head leases 
Market value of investment and development property 

Freehold 
£m 

4,001.8 
– 
94.4 
(94.4) 
(212.9) 
(49.0) 
(376.3) 
3,363.6 
(338.0) 
12.1 
(36.1) 
– 
331.4 
(653.1) 
2,679.9 

Leasehold
£m 

3,072.6
1.5
109.3
–
(8.6)
–
(355.8)
2,819.0
–
17.5
(31.1)
(16.1)
230.1
(648.3)
2,371.1

2010 
£m

5,051.0
86.8
(38.7)
5,099.1

Total
£m

7,074.4
1.5
203.7
(94.4)
(221.5)
(49.0)
(732.1)
6,182.6
(338.0)
29.6
(67.2)
(16.1)
561.5
(1,301.4)
5,051.0

2009 
£m

6,182.6
83.2
(47.1)
6,218.7

Included within investment and development property additions during the year is £1.7 million (2009 – £19.0 million) of interest capitalised on 
developments in progress. 

The fair value of the Group’s investment and development property as at 31 December 2010 was determined by independent external valuers at 
that date. The valuations conform with the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (“RICS”) Valuation Standards 6th Edition and with IVS 1 of 
International Valuation Standards, and were arrived at by reference to market transactions for similar properties. 

The main assumptions underlying the valuations are in relation to market rent, taking into account forecast growth rates and yields based on 
known transactions for similar properties and likely incentives offered to tenants. 

A summary of the market value of investment and development property by valuer is given below: 

DTZ 
CBRE 
Knight Frank 
Others 

2010 
£m

3,978.9
845.2
242.8
32.2
5,099.1

Valuation fees are based on a fixed amount agreed between the Group and the valuers and are independent of the portfolio value. 

There are certain restrictions on the realisability of investment property when a credit facility is in place. In most circumstances the Group can 
realise up to 50 per cent without restriction providing the Group continues to manage the asset. Realising an amount in excess of this would 
trigger a change of control and mandatory repayment of the facility. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

17 Plant and equipment 

Group 

At 1 January 
C&C US balances transferred to assets held for sale 
Additions 
Disposals 
Charge for the year 
Transferred on demerger (note 38) 
At 31 December 

Company 

At 1 January 
Additions 
Disposals 
Charge for the year 
At 31 December 

Cost
£m

5.1
(0.3)
3.7
(0.1)
–
(1.0)
7.4

Cost
£m

1.1
3.7
–
–
4.8

Accumulated
depreciation
£m

(3.2)
0.1
–
0.1
(0.5)
0.2
(3.3)

Accumulated 
depreciation
£m

(0.3)
–
–
(0.4)
(0.7)

2010

Net
£m

1.9
(0.2)
3.7
–
(0.5)
(0.8)
4.1

2010

Net
£m

0.8
3.7
–
(0.4)
4.1

Cost 
£m 

4.3 
– 
1.8 
(1.0) 
– 
– 
5.1 

Cost 
£m 

0.7 
0.8 
(0.4) 
– 
1.1 

Accumulated 
depreciation 
£m 

(3.0) 
– 
– 
0.3 
(0.5) 
– 
(3.2) 

Accumulated 
depreciation 
£m 

– 
– 
– 
(0.3) 
(0.3) 

2009

Net
£m

1.3
–
1.8
(0.7)
(0.5)
–
1.9

2009

Net
£m

0.7
0.8
(0.4)
(0.3)
0.8

Plant and equipment include vehicles, fixtures, fittings and other office equipment. 

18 Investment in Group companies 

Company 

At 1 January 
Additions 
Transferred on demerger 
Impairment reversed in the year 
At 31 December 

Cost
£m

1,943.7
1,163.2
(451.6)
–
2,655.3

Accumulated 
impairment
£m

(1,031.2)
–
5.0
72.5
(953.7)

2010

Net
£m

912.5
1,163.2
(446.6)
72.5
1,701.6

Cost 
£m 

1,943.7 
– 
– 
– 
1,943.7 

Accumulated 
impairment 
£m 

(1,094.9) 
– 
– 
63.7 
(1,031.2) 

2009

Net
£m

848.8
–
–
63.7
912.5

IAS 36 Impairment of Assets allows for reversal of impairment charges providing the reversal is calculated on a consistent basis to the original 
impairment. At 31 December 2010, this resulted in a reversal of £72.5 million (2009 – £63.7 million). The additions to the investment in Group 
companies during the year ended 31 December 2010 relate mainly to internal reorganisations including those required prior to the demerger of 
Capco in May 2010. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

81

19 Joint ventures 

Summarised income statement 
Continuing operations 
Revenue 

Net rental income 
Net other income 
Revaluation and sale of investment and 
development property 
Administration expenses 
Net finance costs 
Profit/(loss) for the year from continuing 
operations 

Profit/(loss) for the year from discontinued 
operations 
Profit/(loss) for the year 

Summarised balance sheet 
Investment and development property 
Other non-current assets 
Current assets 
C&C US – assets 
Partners’ loans 
Current liabilities 
C&C US – liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Net assets/(liabilities)  

Xscape
Braehead
Partnership
£m

The Great
Capital
Partnership
£m

Empress 
State Limited
Partnership
£m

St David’s  
Limited  
Partnership 
£m 

0.9

0.5
–

0.6
–
(1.5)

(0.4)

–
(0.4)

22.6
2.4
1.9
–
(8.4)
(2.9)
–
(24.0)
(8.4)

–

–
–

–
–
–

–

20.6
20.6

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

–

6.3
6.3

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

13.4 

6.6 
1.0 

39.3 
(0.1) 
(3.1) 

43.7 

– 
43.7 

231.0 
0.2 
35.9 
– 
(102.3) 
(28.5) 
– 
(37.8) 
98.5 

2010

Total
£m

15.2

7.3
1.0

39.9
(0.1)
(4.6)

43.5

37.8
81.3

253.6
2.6
38.0
59.6
(110.7)
(31.4)
(33.8)
(61.8)
116.1

Other
£m

0.9

0.2
–

–
–
–

0.2

10.9
11.1

–
–
0.2
59.6
–
–
(33.8)
–
26.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

19 Joint ventures (continued) 

Summarised income statement 
Revenue 

Net rental income 
Net other income 
Revaluation and sale of investment 
and development property 
Administration expenses 
Net finance costs 
Tax 
Profit/(loss) for the year from 
continuing operations 
Profit/(loss) for the year from 
discontinued operations 
Profit/(loss) for the year 

Summarised balance sheet 
Investment and development property 
Other non-current assets 
Current assets 
Partners’ loans 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Net assets/(liabilities) 

Xscape
Braehead
Partnership
£m

The Great
Capital
Partnership
£m

Empress 
State Limited
Partnership
£m

St David’s  
Limited  
Partnership 
£m 

1.9

1.6
5.0

(4.3)
–
(1.9)
–

0.4

–
0.4

22.4
3.2
2.7
(7.4)
(4.2)
(24.5)
(7.8)

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–

(14.0)
(14.0)

252.0
0.9
10.3
85.9
(17.6)
(116.4)
215.1

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–

(7.9)
(7.9)

94.4
–
3.9
–
(13.0)
(77.0)
8.3

6.4 

3.9 
– 

(65.1) 
– 
2.3 
– 

(58.9) 

– 
(58.9) 

209.2 
1.2 
5.1 
(84.6) 
(40.3) 
(35.9) 
54.7 

2009

Total
£m

9.0

6.2
5.0

(69.4)
(0.3)
0.4
(0.1)

(58.2)

(31.1)
(89.3)

615.5
5.3
23.4
(6.1)
(78.7)
(279.1)
280.3

Other 
£m 

0.7 

0.7 
– 

– 
(0.3) 
– 
(0.1) 

0.3 

(9.2) 
(8.9) 

37.5 
– 
1.4 
– 
(3.6) 
(25.3) 
10.0 

Joint ventures are accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using proportional consolidation. The Group’s share of the assets, 
liabilities, income and expenditure of joint ventures is included on a line-by-line basis.  

The UK joint ventures include the St David’s Limited Partnership and the Xscape Braehead Partnership. The St David’s Limited Partnership 
was established in 2004 for investment in the existing St David’s shopping centre, Cardiff, and development of a 967,500 sq. ft. retail-led 
mixed-use extension. The Xscape Braehead Partnership was established in 2004, for investment in the Xscape Leisure Scheme at Braehead, 
Renfrew, Glasgow. 

Other joint ventures are primarily in the US and are in the business of property investment. Full details of all joint ventures will be attached to the 
Company’s annual return to be filed with the Registrar of Companies. 

All joint ventures are held with other joint venture investors on a 50:50 basis. 

20 Investment in associate companies 

At 1 January 
Impairment charge 
Foreign exchange movement 
At 31 December 

Group  
2010  
£m 

26.8 
– 
2.0 
28.8 

Group 
2009 
£m

32.3
(3.9)
(1.6)
26.8

Investment in associates comprises a 25 per cent holding in Prozone Enterprises Private Limited and a 20 per cent holding in Lewis’s 
Liverpool LLP Private Limited. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

83

21 Other investments 

Available for sale investments: 
Harvest China Real Estate Fund 
CMBS 
Listed securities – equity 

Group
2010 
£m

–
5.9
10.5
16.4

The Group’s holding in CMBS notes have an original cost of £6.8 million (2009 – £19.0 million) and are carried at fair value based on 
third party valuations. 

22 Trading property 

Undeveloped sites 
Property in development 
Completed properties 

Group 
2010 
£m

11.5
11.1
2.9
25.5

The estimated replacement cost of trading properties based on market value amounted to £27.4 million (2009 – £25.0 million). 

23 Trade and other receivables 

Current 
Rents receivable 
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings 
Tax recoverable 
Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 

Non-current 
Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 

Group 
2010 
£m

15.5
–
–
12.7
22.0
50.2

0.2
76.5
76.7

 Group  
2009 
£m 

Company 
2010 
£m

27.8 
– 
– 
20.3 
38.0 
86.1 

11.3 
58.5 
69.8 

–
616.2
–
0.1
0.9
617.2

1.5
–
1.5

Group
2009 
£m

45.9
7.7
4.7
58.3

Group 
2009 
£m

24.2
–
–
24.2

Company 
2009 
£m

–
2,564.8
2.1
1.2
1.1
2,569.2

1.5
–
1.5

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand and for amounts falling within formalised loan agreements, 
interest bearing.  

Included within prepayments and accrued income for the Group are tenant lease incentives of £86.8 million (2009 – £83.2 million). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
84 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

24 Cash and cash equivalents 

Unrestricted cash 
Restricted cash 

Cash and cash equivalents per the statement of cash flows: 

Unrestricted cash 
C&C US – classified as held for sale 

Group  
2010  
£m 

222.3 
– 
222.3 

222.3 
20.3 
242.6 

Group 
2009 
£m

562.7
19.8
582.5

562.7
–
562.7

Restricted cash at 31 December 2009 related to amounts placed on deposit to ensure continued compliance with certain loan facility 
financial covenants. 

25 Business combinations 

There have been no business combinations during the year ended 31 December 2010. Details of the Trafford Centre acquisition, which 
occurred after the balance sheet date, are disclosed in note 47. 

On 18 August 2009 the call option the Group held against the residual 50 per cent of Empress State Limited Partnership expired. This call 
option was deemed to give the Group control and therefore, up to the date of expiry, Empress State Limited Partnership was consolidated 
as a subsidiary. No consideration was received relating to the loss of control and no gain or loss was recognised. The consolidated assets 
and liabilities of Empress State Limited Partnership were derecognised and the remaining interest in Empress State Limited Partnership was 
accounted for as a joint venture in accordance with the Group’s published accounting policy. 

Held for 
trading
£m

–
24.2
24.2

Held for 
trading
£m

–
(343.3)
(343.3)

Hedging 
instruments
£m

–
–
–

Hedging 
instruments
£m

(20.6)
–
(20.6)

26 Derivative financial instruments 

Derivative assets 

Forward foreign exchange contracts 
Interest rate swaps 

Derivative liabilities 

Forward foreign exchange contracts  
Interest rate swaps  

27 Trade and other payables 

Current 
Rents received in advance 
Trade payables 
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings 
Accruals and deferred income 
Other payables 
Other taxes and social security 

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured and payable on demand. 

2010

Total
£m

–– 

24.2
24.2

2010

Total
£m

(20.6)
(343.3)
(363.9)

Group 
2010 
£m

74.7
2.7
–
64.0
16.0
37.0
194.4

Held for  
trading 
£m 

– 

15.0 
15.0 

Held for  
trading 
£m 

– 
(353.7) 
(353.7) 

Group  
2009  
£m 

98.7 
1.0 
– 
99.9 
30.2 
55.4 
285.2 

Hedging  
instruments 
£m 

–
– 
– 

Hedging  
instruments 
£m 

(32.4) 
– 
(32.4) 

2009

Total
£m

15.0
15.0

2009

Total
£m

(32.4)
(353.7)
(386.1)

Company  
2010  
£m 

Company 
2009 
£m

– 
– 
251.8 
18.4 
– 
0.4 
270.6 

–
–
72.1
22.8
–
0.7
95.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

85

28 Borrowings 

Group 

Current 
Bank loans and overdrafts 
Commercial mortgage backed securities (“CMBS”) 
notes 
Borrowings, excluding finance leases 
Finance lease obligations 

Non-current 
CMBS notes 2015 
Bank loan 2014 
Bank loans 2016 
Bank loan 2017 
Debentures 2027  
CSC bonds 2013 
Borrowings excluding finance leases and Metrocentre 
compound financial instrument 
Metrocentre compound financial instrument 
Finance lease obligations 

Total borrowings 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Net debt 

Carrying 
value 
£m

 Secured 
£m

 Unsecured 
£m

Fixed  
rate  
£m 

Floating 
rate 
£m

16.5

25.4
41.9
4.1
46.0

1,005.9
58.4
749.1
511.1
226.9
–

2,551.4
–
34.7
2,586.1

2,632.1

16.5

25.4
41.9
4.1
46.0

1,005.9
58.4
749.1
511.1
226.9
26.7

2,578.1
138.7
34.7
2,751.5

2,797.5
(222.3)
2,575.2

–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
26.7

26.7
138.7
–
165.4

165.4

– 

– 
– 
4.1 
4.1 

– 
– 
– 
– 
226.9 
26.7 

253.6 
– 
34.7 
288.3 

292.4 

16.5

25.4
41.9
–
41.9

1,005.9
58.4
749.1
511.1
–
–

2,324.5
138.7
–
2,463.2

2,505.1

2010

Fair 
value 
£m

16.5

20.0
36.5
4.1
40.6

794.6
58.4
749.1
511.1
196.5
27.3

2,337.0
138.7
34.7
2,510.4

2,551.0

Net external debt (adjusted for Metrocentre compound financial instrument) at 31 December 2010 was £2,436.5 million. 

The Group substantially eliminates its interest rate exposure to floating rate debt as illustrated in note 32. 

The market value of assets secured as collateral against borrowings at 31 December 2010 is £5,073.2 million.  

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities have been established using the market value, where available. For those instruments without 
a market value, a discounted cash flow approach has been used. 

Company 

Current 
Finance lease obligations 

Non-current 
Finance lease obligations 

Net debt 

Carrying
value
£m

Secured
£m

Unsecured
£m

Fixed 
rate 
£m 

Floating
rate
£m

0.1
0.1

–
–
0.1

0.1
0.1

–
–
0.1

–
–

–
–
–

0.1 
0.1 

– 
– 
0.1 

–
–

–
–
–

2010

Fair
value
£m

0.1
0.1

–
–
0.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

28 Borrowings (continued) 

Group 

Current 
Bank loans and overdrafts 
Commercial mortgage backed securities (“CMBS”) 
notes 
3.95% convertible bonds due 2010 
Borrowings, excluding finance leases 
Finance lease obligations 

Non-current 
CMBS notes 2011 
CMBS notes 2015 
Bank loan 2011 
Bank loan 2012 
Bank loans 2013 
Bank loan 2014 
Bank loans 2016 
Bank loan 2017 
Debentures 2027  
CSC bonds 2013 
Borrowings excluding finance leases and Metrocentre 
compound financial instrument 
Metrocentre compound financial instrument 
Finance lease obligations 

Total borrowings 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Net debt 

Carrying
value
£m

30.0

33.5
79.2
142.7
5.8
148.5

417.7
1,030.6
100.0
147.0
633.4
60.0
809.3
117.5
226.6
26.8

3,568.9
129.9
41.3
3,740.1

3,888.6
(582.5)
3,306.1

Secured
£m

Unsecured
£m

30.0

33.5
–
63.5
5.8
69.3

417.7
1,030.6
100.0
147.0
633.4
60.0
809.3
117.5
226.6
–

3,542.1
–
41.3
3,583.4

3,652.7

–

–
79.2
79.2
–
79.2

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
26.8

26.8
129.9
–
156.7

235.9

Fixed 
rate 
£m 

11.5 

– 
79.2 
90.7 
5.8 
96.5 

– 
– 
– 
– 
192.7 
– 
– 
– 
226.6 
26.8 

446.1 
– 
41.3 
487.4 

583.9 

Net external debt (adjusted for Metrocentre compound financial instrument) at 31 December 2009 was £3,176.2 million. 

Company 
Current 
3.95% convertible bonds 2010 
Finance lease obligations 

Non-current 
Finance lease obligations 

Net debt 

Carrying
value
£m

79.2
0.2
79.4

0.1
0.1
79.5

Secured
£m

Unsecured
£m

–
0.2
0.2

0.1
0.1
0.3

79.2
–
79.2

–
–
79.2

Fixed 
rate 
£m 

79.2 
0.2 
79.4 

0.1 
0.1 
79.5 

Floating 
rate 
£m 

18.5 

33.5 
– 
52.0 
– 
52.0 

417.7 
1,030.6 
100.0 
147.0 
440.7 
60.0 
809.3 
117.5 
– 
– 

3,122.8 
129.9 
– 
3,252.7 

3,304.7 

Floating 
rate 
£m 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

2009

Fair
value
£m

30.0

25.8
79.3
135.1
5.8
140.9

376.1
744.0
100.0
147.0
633.4
60.0
809.3
117.5
165.9
28.8

3,182.0
129.9
41.3
3,353.2

3,494.1

2009

Fair
value
£m

79.3
0.2
79.5

0.1
0.1
79.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

87

28 Borrowings (continued) 

The maturity profile of gross debt (excluding finance leases) is as follows: 

Wholly repayable within one year 
Wholly repayable in more than one year but not more than two years 
Wholly repayable in more than two years but not more than five years 
Wholly repayable in more than five years 

Group
2010
£m

41.9
44.3
1,124.7
1,547.8
2,758.7

Group 
2009 
£m 

142.7 
617.0 
836.0 
2,245.8 
3,841.5 

Company
2010
£m

–
–
–
–
–

Company
2009
£m

79.2
–
–
–
79.2

Certain borrowing agreements contain financial and other conditions that, if contravened, could alter the repayment profile.  

The Group has various undrawn committed borrowing facilities. The facilities available at 31 December in respect of which all conditions 
precedent had been met were as follows: 

Expiring in one to two years 
Expiring in more than two years 

Finance lease disclosures: 

Minimum lease payments under finance leases fall due: 
Not later than one year 
Later than one year and not later than five years 
Later than five years 

Future finance charges on finance leases 
Present value of finance lease liabilities 
Present value of finance lease liabilities: 
Not later than one year 
Later than one year and not later than five years 
Later than five years 

2010
£m

–
248.0

Group 
2010
£m

4.1
19.1
74.2
97.4
(58.6)
38.8

4.1
15.3
19.4
38.8

2009
£m

360.0
107.8

Group
2009
£m

5.8
22.5
99.5
127.8
(80.7)
47.1

5.8
18.7
22.6
47.1

Finance lease liabilities are principally in respect of leasehold investment property. Many leases provide for payment of contingent rent, usually 
a proportion of net rental income, in addition to the rents above. 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
88 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

29 Movement in net debt 

Balance at 1 January 2010 
Discontinued operations 
C&C US categorised as held for sale  
Borrowings repaid 
Borrowings drawndown 
Issue of ordinary shares 
Other net cash movements 
Other non-cash movements 
Balance at 31 December 2010 

Balance at 1 January 2009 
Borrowings repaid 
Borrowings drawndown 
Issue of ordinary shares 
Other net cash movements 
Other non-cash movements 
Loss of deemed control of former subsidiary 
Balance at 31 December 2009 

30 Convertible debt 

Cash and
cash
equivalents
£m

Current 
borrowings 
£m 

582.5
(248.7)
(20.3)
(690.3)
518.7
222.4
(142.0)
–
222.3

Cash and
cash
equivalents
£m

70.9
(548.0)
246.1
865.7
(47.3)
(1.2)
(3.7)
582.5

(148.5) 
(29.8) 
56.4 
79.2 
– 
– 
– 
(3.3) 
(46.0) 

Current 
borrowings 
£m 

(95.2) 
79.5 
– 
– 
– 
(133.9) 
1.1 
(148.5) 

Non- 
current 
borrowings 
£m 

(3,740.1) 
744.2 
159.9 
611.1 
(518.7) 
– 
– 
(7.9) 
(2,751.5) 

Non- 
current 
borrowings 
£m 

(4,195.5) 
468.5 
(246.1) 
– 
– 
155.8 
77.2 
(3,740.1) 

2010

Net
debt
£m

(3,306.1)
465.7
196.0
–
–
222.4
(142.0)
(11.2)
(2,575.2)

2009

Net
debt
£m

(4,219.8)
–
–
865.7
(47.3)
20.7
74.6
(3,306.1)

3.95 per cent convertible bonds due 2010 (“the 3.95 per cent bonds”) 
On 16 October 2003, the Company issued £240 million nominal 3.95 per cent bonds raising £233.5 million after costs. At the time of issue, the 
holders of the 3.95 per cent bonds had the option to convert their bonds into ordinary shares at any time on or up to 23 September 2010 at 
£8.00 per ordinary share, a conversion rate of 125 ordinary shares for every £1,000 nominal of 3.95 per cent bonds. On 28 May 2009, following 
the Firm Placing and Placing and Open Offer, the conversion price was adjusted to £7.16 per share, a conversion rate of approximately 139.66 
ordinary shares for every £1,000 nominal of 3.95 per cent bonds. On 5 October 2009, following a placing of shares, the conversion price was 
adjusted to £7.08 per share, a conversion rate of approximately 141.24 ordinary shares for every £1,000 nominal of 3.95 per cent bonds. 
On demerger in May 2010, the conversion price was adjusted to £5.31 per share, a conversion rate of approximately 188.32 ordinary shares 
per £1,000 nominal of 3.95 per cent bonds. 

The 3.95 per cent bonds were redeemable at par at the Company’s option subject to the Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC ordinary share 
price having traded at 120 per cent of the conversion price for a specified period, or at anytime once 85 per cent by nominal value of the bonds 
originally issued had been converted or cancelled. Unless otherwise converted, cancelled or redeemed the 3.95 per cent bonds were to be 
redeemed by Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC at par on 30 September 2010. On demerger the terms were adjusted to allow bondholders 
to redeem the bonds at par plus accrued interest at any time until shortly before maturity. 

On 2 January 2009, notices were accepted by the Company in respect of £13.0 million of bonds representing 14.1 per cent of the 3.95 per cent 
bonds outstanding on 31 December 2008. The bonds converted into 1.7 million new ordinary shares.  

During 2010 and prior to 30 September, £6.5 million of bonds were redeemed under the bondholders put option available as a result of the 
revised terms following the demerger. 

On 30 September 2010 Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC redeemed on maturity all the outstanding 3.95 per cent bonds at par. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

89

30 Convertible debt (continued) 

The net proceeds received from the initial issue of the convertible bonds was split between the liability element and an equity component, 
representing the fair value of the embedded option to convert the liability into equity as follows: 

Net proceeds of convertible bonds issued 
Equity component 
Liability at date of issue 
Cumulative amortisation 
Cumulative conversions 
Cumulative redemptions 
Liability at 31 December 

31 Operating leases 

Group and Company

2010
£m

233.5
(19.6)
213.9
19.2
(153.9)
(79.2)
–

2009
£m

233.5
(19.6)
213.9
19.2
(153.9)
–
79.2

The Group earns rental income by leasing its investment properties to tenants under operating leases. 

In the UK the standard shopping centre lease is for a term of 10 to 15 years. Standard lease provisions include service charge payments, 
recovery of other direct costs and review every five years to market rent. Standard turnover based leases have a turnover percentage agreed 
with each lessee which is applied to a retail unit’s annual sales and any excess between the resulting turnover rent and the minimum rent is 
receivable by the Group.  

The future minimum lease amounts receivable under non-cancellable operating leases for continuing operations are as follows: 

Not later than one year 
Later than one year and not later than five years 
Later than five years 

2010
£m

345.2
1,139.3
1,493.3
2,977.8

2009
£m

341.9
1,114.9
1,198.8
2,655.6

The income statement includes £0.6 million (2009 – £0.8 million) recognised in respect of expected increased rent resulting from outstanding 
reviews where the actual rent will only be determined on settlement of the rent review. 

32 Financial risk management 

The Group is exposed to a variety of financial risks arising from the Group’s operations being principally market risk (including interest rate risk, 
foreign exchange and market price risk), liquidity risk and credit risk. 

The majority of the Group’s financial risk management is carried out by the Group treasury department and the policies for managing each of 
these risks and the principal effects of these policies on the results for the year are summarised below. 

Market risk 

a) Interest rate risk 
Interest rate risk comprises of both cash flow and fair value risks: 

Cash flow interest rate risk is the risk that the future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in market interest rates. 
Fair value interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of financial instruments will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. 

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from borrowings issued at variable rates that expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk, whereas 
borrowings issued at fixed interest rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. 

Bank debt is typically issued at floating rates linked to LIBOR. Bond debt and other capital market debt are generally issued at fixed rates.  

It is Group policy, and often a requirement of the Group’s lenders, to eliminate substantially all short and medium-term exposure to interest rate 
fluctuations in order to establish certainty over medium-term cash flows by using floating to fixed interest rate swaps. Such swaps have the 
economic effect of converting borrowings from floating to fixed rates.  

As a consequence, the Group is exposed to market price risk in respect of the fair value of its fixed rate interest rate swaps, as discussed in the 
Financial review on pages 22 to 27. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

32 Financial risk management (continued) 

The below table shows the effects of interest rate swaps on the borrowings profile of the Group: 

Borrowings 
Derivative impact (nominal value of interest rate swaps) 
Net borrowings profile 
Interest rate protection on floating debt 

Fixed
2010
£m

292.4
2,117.6
2,410.0

Floating 
2010 
£m 

2,505.1 
(2,117.6) 
387.5 
84.5% 

Fixed 
2009 
£m 

583.9 
3,244.0 
3,827.9 

Floating
2009
£m

3,304.7
(3,244.0)
60.7
98.2%

Group policy is to target interest rate protection within the range of 75 per cent to 100 per cent. 

The weighted average rate for interest rate swaps currently effective is 4.98 per cent (2009 – 5.25 per cent). 

The approximate impact of a 50 basis point shift upwards in the level of interest rates would be a positive movement of £93.8 million  
(2009 – £99.6 million) in the fair value of derivatives. The approximate impact of a 50 basis point shift downwards in the level of interest 
rates would be a negative movement of £97.7 million (2009 – £104.2 million) in the fair value of derivatives. Movements in the fair value 
of derivatives are dealt with in the income statement. In practice, a parallel shift in the yield curve is highly unlikely. However, the above 
sensitivity analysis is a reasonable illustration of the possible effect from the changes in slope and shifts in the yield curve that may actually 
occur. Because the fixed rate derivative financial instruments are matched by floating rate debt, the overall effect on Group cash flow 
of such a movement would be very small. 

b) Foreign exchange 
Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognised assets or liabilities are denominated in a functional currency 
other than sterling. It has been Group policy to substantially eliminate any material foreign exchange risk through hedging instruments and 
foreign currency denominated borrowings. However, following completion of the Equity One transaction, the Group is reviewing its currency 
hedging policy and therefore the existing currency swaps may not be renewed as they mature. 

The table summarises the Group exposure to foreign currency risk arising from the Group’s US subsidiaries at 31 December 2010: 

Net assets (total US dollar exposure) 
Derivative impact (nominal forward foreign exchange swaps) 
Net exposure 

There was no ineffectiveness arising as a result of these hedges in either year. 

Group  
2010 
US$m 

199.7 
(140.0) 
59.7 

Group
2009
US$m

161.2
(270.0)
(108.8)

Certain other Group investments are denominated in currencies other than sterling, however, they do not currently constitute material risks 
under the Group risk framework. This remains under constant review.  

USD 
INR 
Total unhedged exposure 

Sensitivity analysis – impact on Group reserves: 

10% appreciation in foreign exchange rates 
10% depreciation in foreign exchange rates 

Group 
2010 
£m  

– 
39.3 
39.3 

Group 
2010 
£m 

8.5 
(10.4) 

Group
2009
£m

45.9
31.5
77.4

Group
2009
£m

15.9
(19.5)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

91

32 Financial risk management (continued) 

Liquidity risk 

Liquidity risk is managed to ensure that the Group is able to meet future payment obligations when financial liabilities fall due. Liquidity analysis 
is conducted to ensure that sufficient headroom is available to meet the Group’s operational requirements and committed investments. 
The Group treasury policy aims to meet this objective through maintaining adequate cash, marketable securities and committed facilities to meet 
these requirements. Undrawn borrowing facilities are detailed in note 28. The Group’s policy is to seek to optimise its exposure to liquidity risk 
by balancing its exposure to interest rate risk and to refinancing risk. In effect the Group seeks to borrow for as long as possible at the lowest 
acceptable cost. 

Group policy is to maintain a weighted average debt maturity of over five years: as at 31 December 2010, the maturity profile of Group debt 
showed an average maturity of six years (2009 – five years). This increases to 8.0 years following completion of the Trafford Centre acquisition 
in January 2011. The Group regularly reviews the maturity profile of its financial liabilities and seeks to avoid bunching of maturities through 
the regular replacement of facilities and by using a selection of maturity dates. Refinancing risk may be reduced by re-borrowing prior to the 
contracted maturity date, effectively switching liquidity risk for market risk.  

The Group will often pre-fund significant capital expenditure by arranging facilities or raising debt in the capital markets and then placing surplus 
funds on deposit until required for the project. Efficient treasury management and strict credit control minimise the costs and risk associated 
with this policy which ensures that funds are available to meet commitments as they fall due. 

The tables below set out the maturity analysis of the Group’s financial liabilities based on the undiscounted contractual obligations to make 
payments of interest and to repay principal (including notional principal in the case of gross settled foreign exchange contracts). Where interest 
payment obligations are based on a floating rate the rates used are those implied by the par yield curve for the relevant currency. Where payment 
obligations are in foreign currencies, the spot exchange rate ruling at the balance sheet date is used. 

Group 

Borrowings (including interest) 
Finance lease obligations  
Tax, trade payables and other payables  
Derivative payments 
Derivative receipts 

Group 

Borrowings (including interest) 
Finance lease obligations  
Tax, trade payables and other payables  
Derivative payments 
Derivative receipts 

Within 1 year
£m

(110.9)
(4.1)
(55.7)
(154.6)
60.3
(265.0)

Within 1 year
£m

(227.2)
(5.8)
(85.3)
(264.2)
105.3
(477.2)

1-2 years
£m

(122.2)
(4.7)
(0.3)
(186.5)
84.4
(229.3)

1-2 years
£m

(723.0)
(5.6)
(21.6)
(214.4)
104.1
(860.5)

2-5 years  
£m 

(1,502.3) 
(14.4) 
– 
(389.4) 
266.8 
(1,639.3) 

2-5 years 
£m 

(1,264.5) 
(16.9) 
– 
(507.8) 
432.7 
(1,356.5) 

Over 5 years
£m

(1,654.0)
(74.2)
–
(480.2)
430.5
(1,777.9)

Over 5 years
£m

(2,610.8)
(99.5)
–
(626.8)
567.1
(2,770.0)

Contractual maturities reflect the expected maturities of financial instruments. 

Company 

Borrowings (including interest) 
Tax and other payables 

Company 

Borrowings (including interest) 
Tax and other payables 

Within 1 year
£m

1-2 years
£m

2-5 years 
£m 

Over 5 years
£m

(0.1)
(0.4)
(0.5)

–
–
–

– 
– 
– 

–
–
–

Within 1 year
£m

1-2 years
£m

2-5 years 
£m 

Over 5 years
£m

(82.4)
(0.7)
(83.1)

–
(1.8)
(1.8)

– 
– 
– 

–
–
–

2010

Total
£m

(3,389.4)
(97.4)
(56.0)
(1,210.7)
842.0
(3,911.5)

2009

Total
£m

(4,825.5)
(127.8)
(106.9)
(1,613.2)
1,209.2
(5,464.2)

2010

Total
£m

(0.1)
(0.4)
(0.5)

2009

Total
£m

(82.4)
(2.5)
(84.9)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

32 Financial risk management (continued) 

Credit risk 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a tenant or counterparty fails to meet an obligation under a contract. Credit risk arises primarily from 
trade receivables relating to tenants but also from the Group’s holdings of assets with counterparties such as cash deposits, loans and 
derivative instruments. 

Credit risk associated with trade receivables is actively managed; tenants are managed individually by asset managers, who continuously 
monitor and work with tenants, anticipating and, wherever possible, identifying and addressing risks prior to default. 

Prospective tenants are assessed via a review process, including obtaining credit ratings and reviewing financial information, which is conducted 
internally. As a result deposits or guarantees may be obtained. The amount of deposits held as collateral at 31 December 2010 is £2.5 million 
(2009 – £3.3 million). 

Due to the nature of tenants being managed individually by asset managers, it is Group policy to calculate any impairment of receivables 
specifically on each contract. 

The ageing analysis of these trade receivables is as follows: 

Up to three months 
Three to six months 
Trade receivables 

Group 
2010 
£m 

12.3 
3.2 
15.5 

Group
2009
£m

24.3
3.5
27.8

Included within receivables at 31 December 2009 were £8.3 million of loan notes. There are no loan notes within receivables at 31 December 
2010. 

In 2010, trade receivables impaired in respect of continuing operations amounted to £2.6 million (2009 – £4.1 million), this is considered to be 
within an acceptable range given current economic conditions. 

The credit risk relating to cash, deposits and derivative financial instruments is actively managed by Group Treasury. Relationships are 
maintained with a number of tier one institutional counterparties, ensuring compliance with Group policy relating to limits on the credit ratings 
of counterparties (between BBB+ and AAA). 

Excessive credit risk concentration is avoided through adhering to authorised limits for all counterparties. 

Counterparty 

Bank #1 
Bank #2 
Bank #3 
Bank #4 
Bank #5 

Sum of five largest exposures 
Sum of deposits and derivative instruments 
Five largest exposures as a percentage of total amount at risk 

Credit rating 

AA– 
A 
AAA 
A 
AAA 

Authorised 
limit 

100.0 
75.0 
150.0 
50.0 
150.0 

Group
Exposure
2010
£m

68.6
55.4
50.0
29.1
20.0

223.1
248.3
90%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

93

32 Financial risk management (continued) 

Classification of financial assets and liabilities  

The tables below set out the Group’s accounting classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities, and their fair values at 
31 December 2010 and 31 December 2009. 

The fair values of quoted borrowings are based on the asking price. The fair values of derivative financial instruments are determined from 
observable market prices or estimated using appropriate yield curves at 31 December each year by discounting the future contractual cash 
flows to the net present values. 

Derivative financial instrument assets 
Total held for trading assets 

Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total cash and receivables 

Other investments 
Total available-for-sale investments 

Derivative financial instrument liabilities 
Total held for trading liabilities 

Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Total loans and payables 

Derivative financial instrument assets 
Total held for trading assets 

Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total cash and receivables 

Other investments 
Total available-for-sale investments 

Derivative financial instrument liabilities 
Total held for trading liabilities 

Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Total loans and payables 

2010

Gain/(loss) to
other 
comprehensive 
income
£m

(Loss)/gain 
to income 
statement
£m

–
–

–
–
–

(2.6)
(2.6)

(50.0)
(50.0)

–
–
–

(Loss)/gain 
to income 
statement 
£m

–
–

–
–
–

(6.5)
(6.5)

416.5
416.5

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

17.2
17.2

(7.1)
(7.1)

–
–
–

2009

Gain to 
other 
comprehensive 
income
£m

–
–

–
–
–

3.8
3.8

1.1
1.1

–
–
–

Fair 
value 
£m 

24.2 
24.2 

126.9 
222.3 
349.2 

16.4 
16.4 

(363.9) 
(363.9) 

(194.7) 
(2,551.0) 
(2,745.7) 

Fair 
value 
£m 

15.0 
15.0 

155.9 
582.5 
738.4 

58.3 
58.3 

(386.1) 
(386.1) 

(306.8) 
(3,494.1) 
(3,800.9) 

Carrying
value
£m

24.2
24.2

126.9
222.3
349.2

16.4
16.4

(363.9)
(363.9)

(194.7)
(2,797.5)
(2,992.2)

Carrying
value
£m

15.0
15.0

155.9
582.5
738.4

58.3
58.3

(386.1)
(386.1)

(306.8)
(3,888.6)
(4,195.4)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

32 Financial risk management (continued) 

Capital structure 

The Group seeks to enhance shareholder value both by investing in the business so as to improve the return on investment and by managing 
the capital structure. The Group uses a mix of equity, debt and hybrid financial instruments and aims to access both debt and equity capital 
markets with maximum efficiency and flexibility.  

The key ratios used to monitor the capital structure of the Group are the debt to assets ratio and the interest cover ratio. The Group’s stated 
medium to long-term preference is for the debt to assets ratio to be within the 40-50 per cent range and interest cover to be greater than 
160 per cent. At 31 December 2010 the debt to asset ratio falls within the preferred range and the interest cover ratio has moved closer to 
the preferred level. 

Debt to assets ratio 

Investment and development property 
Trading property 

Net external debt 

Interest cover (continuing operations) 

Interest payable 
Interest receivable 

Underlying operating profit excluding trading property related items 

The table below presents the Group’s assets and liabilities recognised at fair value. 

Assets 
Derivative financial instruments: 
– Fair value through profit or loss 
– Derivatives used for hedging 
Available for sale investments 
Total assets 

Liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments: 
– Fair value through profit or loss 
– Derivatives used for hedging 
Total liabilities 

Group 
2010 
£m 

5,051.0 
25.5 
5,076.5 
(2,436.5) 
48% 

Group  
2010 
£m 

(165.4) 
3.1 
(162.3) 
253.9 
156% 

Level 1
£m

Level 2 
£m 

Level 3 
£m 

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

24.2 
– 
10.5 
34.7 

(343.3) 
(20.6) 
(363.9) 

– 
– 
5.9 
5.9 

– 
– 
– 

Group
2009
£m

6,182.6
24.2
6,206.8
(3,176.2)
51%

Group
2009
£m

(174.8)
3.7
(171.1)
241.1
141%

2010

Total 
£m

24.2
–
16.4
40.6

(343.3)
(20.6)
(363.9)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

95

32 Financial risk management (continued) 

Assets 
Derivative financial instruments: 
– Fair value through profit or loss 
– Derivatives used for hedging 
Available for sale investments 
Total assets 

Liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments: 
– Fair value through profit or loss 
– Derivatives used for hedging 
Total liabilities 

Level 1
£m

Level 2 
£m 

Level 3
£m

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

15.0 
– 
4.7 
19.7 

(353.7) 
(32.4) 
(386.1) 

–
–
53.6
53.6

–
–
–

2009

Total 
£m

15.0
–
58.3
73.3

(353.7)
(32.4)
(386.1)

Fair value hierarchy 
Level 1: Valuation based on quoted market prices traded in active markets. 

Level 2: Valuation techniques are used, maximising the use of observable market data, either directly from market prices or derived from 
market prices. 

Level 3: Where one or more inputs to valuation are not based on observable market data. Valuations at this level are more subjective and 
therefore more closely managed, including sensitivity analysis of inputs to valuation models. Such testing has not indicated that any material 
difference would arise due to a change in input variables. 

The table below presents a reconciliation of level 3 fair value measurements for the year: 

At 1 December 2009 
Additions 
Disposals 
Interest 
Unrealised gains/(losses) 
At 31 December 2009 
Disposals 
Transferred on demerger 
Interest 
Unrealised gains 
At 31 December 2010 

Debt 
securities 
£m 

Unlisted
equity
investments
£m

30.4 
– 
(22.6) 
(1.0) 
0.9 
7.7 
(8.3) 
– 
(1.2) 
7.7 
5.9 

61.3
0.9
(11.5)
–
(4.8)
45.9
(0.5)
(53.3)
(0.2)
8.1
–

Total 
£m

91.7
0.9
(34.1)
(1.0)
(3.9)
53.6
(8.8)
(53.3)
(1.4)
15.8
5.9

Unlisted equity investments are valued externally on a quarterly basis, with valuations performed by examining expected yields of the underlying 
property and expectations relating to the property market and wider economic factors. 

Debt securities – Due to the illiquid nature of the market in these debt contracts and the variations in quotes for their value obtained from 
brokers, the market for these securities cannot be described as active. Broker quotes obtained are not currently deemed executable. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

33 Deferred tax provision 

Under IAS 12 Income Taxes, provision is made for the deferred tax assets and liabilities associated with the revaluation of investment properties 
at the corporate tax rate expected to apply to the Group at the time of use. For those UK properties qualifying as REIT properties the relevant 
tax rate will be 0 per cent (2009 – 0 per cent), for other UK non–REIT properties the relevant tax rate will be 27 per cent (2009 – 28 per cent) and 
for overseas properties the relevant tax rate will be the prevailing corporate tax rate in that country.  

The deferred tax provision on non-REIT investment properties calculated under IAS 12 is £nil at 31 December 2010 (2009 – £42.8 million). 
This IAS 12 calculation does not reflect the expected amount of tax that would be payable if the assets were sold. The Group estimates that 
calculated on a disposal basis the maximum tax liability would be £nil at 31 December 2010 (2009 – £49.5 million).  

Movements in the provision for deferred tax 

Provided deferred tax provision: 
At 1 January 2009 
Recognised in the income statement 
Recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity 
At 31 December 2009 
C&C US balances transferred to held for sale 
Recognised in the income statement 
Recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity 
Transferred on demerger (note 38) 
At 31 December 2010 

Unrecognised deferred tax asset: 
At 1 January 2010 
Income statement items 
Transferred on demerger 
At 31 December 2010 

Investment and 
development 
property
£m

Derivative 
financial  
instruments 
£m 

Other 
temporary 
differences 
£m 

75.9
(26.9)
(6.2)
42.8
(37.1)
0.8
(0.1)
(6.4)
–

(12.8)
(0.2)
12.8
(0.2)

(79.4) 
70.0 
2.0 
(7.4) 
– 
(2.3) 
2.9 
2.6 
(4.2) 

(14.4) 
(1.3) 
– 
(15.7) 

3.5 
(2.5) 
0.7 
1.7 
– 
(1.3) 
– 
3.8 
4.2 

(12.6) 
(2.6) 
1.5 
(13.7) 

Total
£m

–
40.6
(3.5)
37.1
(37.1)
(2.8)
2.8
–
–

(39.8)
(4.1)
14.3
(29.6)

In accordance with the requirements of IAS 12 Income Taxes, the deferred tax asset has not been recognised in the Group financial statements 
due to the uncertainty of the level of profits that will be available in the non-REIT elements of the Group in future periods. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

97

34 Other provisions  

At 1 January  
Charged during the year 
Released during the year 
Transferred on demerger (note 38) 
Pension movements 
At 31 December 

35 Share capital  

Issued and fully paid 
At 31 December 2009 – 622,878,501 ordinary shares of 50p each 
Shares issued 
At 31 December 2010 – 692,673,009 ordinary shares of 50p each 

Group
2010
£m 

8.6
0.1
–
(7.5)
–
1.2

Group 
2009 
£m 

7.3 
4.0 
– 
– 
(2.7) 
8.6 

Company
2010
£m

Company
2009
£m

1.1
–
(1.1)
–
–
–

4.3
–
–
–
(3.2)
1.1

Share
capital
£m

311.3
35.0
346.3

During the year the Company issued a total of 1,722,214 ordinary shares in connection with the exercise of options by former employees under 
the Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Approved Share Option Scheme and the Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Unapproved Share 
Option Scheme. 

In connection with joint ownership elections by participants under the Company’s Joint Share Ownership Plan (JSOP) a total of 5,772,294 
ordinary shares were issued during the year to the trustee of the Company’s Employee Benefit Trust. 

On 25 November 2010 the Company announced a placing of 62.3 million new ordinary shares at a price of 355 pence per share. 
The placing represented in aggregate 9.9 per cent of the issued share capital of CSC prior to the placing. As a result, share capital increased 
by £31.2 million with the balance of the proceeds being taken to a merger reserve. 

Full details of the rights and obligations attaching to the ordinary shares are contained in the Company’s Articles of Association. These rights 
include an entitlement to receive the Company’s report and accounts, to attend and speak at General Meetings of the Company, to appoint 
proxies and to exercise voting rights. Holders of ordinary shares may also receive dividends and may receive a share of the Company’s assets 
on the Company’s liquidation. There are no restrictions on the transfer of the ordinary shares. 

At 23 February 2011, the Company had an unexpired authority to repurchase shares up to a maximum of 62,182,850 shares with a nominal 
value of £31.1 million, and the Directors have an unexpired authority to allot up to a maximum of 144,907,167 shares with a nominal value of 
£72.5 million. 

Included within the issued share capital as at 31 December 2010 are 5,856,736 ordinary shares (2009 – 288,070) held by the Trustee of the 
Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) which is operated by the Company (note 37) and 1,050,000 treasury shares (2009 – 1,050,000). 
The nominal value of these shares is £3.5 million (2009 – £0.7 million). 

As a technical requirement of the demerger of Capital & Counties Properties PLC from the Group, 50,001 new redeemable shares of £1 each 
were issued by the Company on 28 April 2010. All 50,001 redeemable shares in issue were redeemed at par on 24 May 2010. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

36 Other reserves 

Group 

At 1 January 2009 
Revaluation of other investments 
Realise revaluation reserve on disposal of other investments 
Exchange differences 
Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income 
Ordinary shares issued 
Realisation of merger reserve 
Share-based payments 
Reserve transfer 
At 31 December 2009 
Revaluation of other investments 
Realise revaluation reserve on disposal of other investments 
Exchange differences 
Tax on items taken to other comprehensive income 
Ordinary shares issued 
Demerger effected by way of repayment of capital 
At 31 December 2010 

Company 

At 1 January 2009 
Share-based payments 
Reserve transfer 
At 31 December 2009 
Ordinary shares issued 
Reserve transfer 
At 31 December 2010 

Capital
redemption
£m

Translation 
reserve 
£m 

61.4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
61.4
–
–
–
–
–
–
61.4

11.2 
– 
– 
2.2 
– 
– 
– 
– 
0.4 
13.8 
– 
– 
(1.1) 
– 
– 
– 
12.7 

Capital 
redemption 
£m 

61.4 
– 
– 
61.4 
– 
– 
61.4 

Other 
£m 

214.7 
(5.3) 
4.5 
– 
(2.0) 
737.7 
(737.7) 
0.2 
(0.4) 
211.7 
17.2 
2.6 
– 
(2.8) 
185.1 
38.6 
452.4 

Other 
£m 

– 
0.2 
0.1 
0.3 
185.1 
(0.3) 
185.1 

Total
£m

287.3
(5.3)
4.5
2.2
(2.0)
737.7
(737.7)
0.2
–
286.9
17.2
2.6
(1.1)
(2.8)
185.1
38.6
526.5

Total
£m

61.4
0.2
0.1
61.7
185.1
(0.3)
246.5

37 Treasury shares and Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) 

The cost of shares in Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC held either as treasury shares or by the Trustee of the Employee Share Ownership 
Plan (ESOP) operated by the Company is accounted for as treasury shares. 

The purpose of the ESOP is to acquire and hold shares which will be transferred to employees in the future under the Group’s employee 
incentive arrangements as described in note 45 and the Director’s remuneration report on pages 51 to 59. Dividends of £0.01 million (2009 – 
£0.01 million) have been waived by agreement. 

At 1 January 
Acquisition of treasury shares 
Disposal of treasury shares 
At 31 December  

2010
Shares
million

1.3
6.1
(0.5)
6.9

Group and Company

2010 
£m 

9.7 
20.9 
(0.7) 
29.9 

2009 
Shares 
million 

1.4 
0.1 
(0.2) 
1.3 

2009
£m

10.8
0.2
(1.3)
9.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

99

38 Discontinued operations 

Demerger 

On 9 March 2010 Liberty International PLC (renamed Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC on 7 May 2010) announced its intention to separate 
into two businesses, CSC and Capco. The separation was effected by way of a demerger of the central London focused property investment 
and development division to a new company called Capital & Counties Properties PLC (Capco). The demerger became unconditional on 
7 May 2010. 

The demerger was effected through a reduction of capital. This involved the cancellation of the share premium account followed by the 
transfer of demerged assets to Capco in consideration for which Capco issued to shareholders of CSC one ordinary share for each CSC 
ordinary share held. 

The share premium account cancelled amounted to £1,005.7 million. The book value of assets and liabilities transferred to Capco, as recorded 
in the consolidated accounts of CSC, was £799.8 million. The assets and liabilities transferred were: 

Assets 
Investment and development property 
Plant and equipment 
Other investments 
Trading property 
Current tax assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total assets 
Liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Other provisions 
Total liabilities 
Net assets 

As a result of the demerger Capco has been classified as a discontinued operation in these financial statements. 

The following amounts are included for Capco in the income statement within profit/(loss) for the year from discontinued operations: 

Revenue 
Net rental income 
Net other income 
Revaluation and sale of investment and development property 
Sale and impairment of other investments 
Impairment of other receivables 
Administration expenses 
Operating profit/(loss) 
Net finance costs 
Profit/(loss) before tax 
Taxation 
Profit/(loss) for the period 

Period ended 
7 May 2010
£m

45.4
30.1
–
60.9
–
–
(7.6)
83.4
(23.6)
59.8
(0.5)
59.3

£m

1,301.4
0.8
53.3
0.3
0.6
40.4
179.2
1,576.0

(49.7)
(660.7)
(58.3)
(7.5)
(776.2)
799.8

2009
£m

133.2
79.2
1.4
(140.7)
(0.3)
(12.0)
(14.5)
(86.9)
(36.1)
(123.0)
(1.4)
(124.4)

 
 
 
 
 
 
100 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

38 Discontinued operations (continued) 

C&C US 

In 2010, the Group entered into an agreement with Equity One, pursuant to which Equity One would acquire the Group’s interests in its US 
subsidiaries (C&C US), through a joint venture with the Group. The transaction completed after the balance sheet date on 4 January 2011. 
Consideration was in the form of approximately 11.4 million shares in the joint venture and 4.1 million shares in Equity One common stock, 
resulting in an estimated gain on disposal of £26 million. The Group’s investment in these shares will be accounted for as an available-for-sale 
investment as the Group does not have control nor significant influence over the venture. Under IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale 
and Discontinued Operations, C&C US is required to be classified as a discontinued operation and as a disposal group held for sale at 
31 December 2010.  

The total assets and total liabilities of C&C US are classified as held for sale and separately disclosed on the face of the balance sheet at 
31 December 2010. These comprise: 

Assets 
Investment and development property 
Plant and equipment 
Trading property 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
C&C US – assets 
Liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 
Borrowings 
Deferred tax provision 
C&C US – liabilities 
C&C US – net assets 

The following amounts are included for C&C US in the income statement within profit/(loss) for the year from discontinued operations: 

Revenue 
Net rental income 
Net other income 
Revaluation and sale of investment and development property 
Administration expenses 
Operating profit/(loss) 
Net finance costs 
Profit/(loss) before tax 
Taxation 
Profit/(loss) for the year 
Underlying earnings 

2010 
£m 

47.9 
25.7 
2.3 
22.4 
(2.6) 
47.8 
(12.6) 
35.2 
(11.5) 
23.7 
10.9 

£m

375.8
0.1
6.8
20.9
20.3
423.9

(10.2)
(2.4)
(216.3)
(47.7)
(276.6)
147.3

2009
£m

40.7
24.4
(4.1)
(91.8)
(2.7)
(74.2)
(12.4)
(86.6)
27.7
(58.9)
6.3

Underlying earnings for the year ended 31 December 2010 includes a taxation charge of £1.9 million (2009 – taxation credit of £1.1 million). 

39 Capital commitments 

At 31 December 2010, the Group was contractually committed to £90.1 million (2009 – £142.4 million) of future expenditure for the purchase, 
construction, development and enhancement of investment property. All of the £90.1 million committed is expected to be spent in 2011. 

The Group’s share of joint venture commitments included above at 31 December 2010 was £63.0 million (2009 – £75.6 million). 

40 Contingent liabilities 

As at 31 December 2010, the Group has no material contingent liabilities other than those arising in the normal course of business. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

101

41 Cash generated from operations 

Continuing operations 
Profit/(loss) before tax 
Remove: 
Revaluation and sale of investment and development property 
Sale and impairment of other investments 
Depreciation 
Share-based payments 
Amortisation of lease incentives and other direct costs 
Reversal of impairment of investment in Group companies 
Impairment of intercompany receivables 
Intercompany balances forgiven on demerger 
IFRIC 17 gain on demerger 
Finance costs 
Finance income 
Other finance costs 
Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments 
Changes in working capital: 
Change in trading property 
Change in trade and other receivables 
Change in trade and other payables 
Cash generated from operations 

Notes

5

9

10

Group
2010
£m

Group 
2009 
£m 

Company
2010
£m

Company
2009
£m

446.2

(119.5) 

(575.2)

(159.6)

(497.2)
2.6
0.4
1.0
(5.3)
–
–
–
–
165.4
(3.1)
75.1
50.0

4.5
(21.1)
8.3
226.8

535.7 
10.1 
0.2 
0.2 
6.5 
– 
– 
– 
– 
174.8 
(3.7) 
48.2 
(399.6) 

(0.7) 
(7.1) 
5.2 
250.3 

–
–
0.4
1.0
0.1
(72.5)
–
696.7
(71.9)
7.5
(8.9)
1.2
–

–
31.1
(46.6)
(37.1)

–
–
0.3
0.2
(1.7)
(63.7)
24.4
–
–
21.1
(13.3)
5.4
–

–
(459.1)
(27.1)
(673.1)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

42 Principal subsidiary undertakings 

Company and principal activity 
• Capital Shopping Centres PLC1 (property) and its principal subsidiary undertakings: 

Belside Limited (property) (Jersey) 
Braehead Glasgow Limited (property) 

Braehead Park Investments Limited (property) 
Braehead Park Estates Limited (property) 
Chapelfield GP Limited acting as General Partner of The Chapelfield 
Partnership (property) 
Chelmsford Property Investments Limited (property) 
CSC Harlequin Limited (property) 
CSC Lakeside Limited (property) 
CSC Enterprises Limited (commercial promotion) 
CSC Properties Investments Limited (property) 
CSC Bromley Limited (property) 
CSC Uxbridge (Jersey) Limited (property) (Jersey) 
Curley Limited (property) (Jersey) 

  Metrocentre (GP) Limited acting as General Partner of The Metrocentre  

Partnership (property) 

  WRP Management Limited (property) 
• Capital Shopping Centres Debenture PLC1 (finance) and its principal subsidiary undertakings:

CSC Properties 2027 Limited (property) 
CSC (Eldon) Square Limited (property) 
Steventon Limited (property) (Jersey) 
Potteries (GP) Limited acting as General Partner of The Potteries  
Shopping Centre Limited Partnership (property) 

• Liberty International Group Treasury Limited1 (treasury management) 
• Nailsfield Limited (holding company) (Mauritius) 
• C&C (US) No.1, Inc.1,3 (property) (USA) 

Class of share capital

% held 

Ordinary shares of 50p each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
“A” Ordinary shares of £1 each
“B” Ordinary shares of 1.3 Euros each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each

Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each

Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each

Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of £1 each
Ordinary shares of US$1 each
Class A Common Stock of US$1 par 
Value, £1 face value
Class B Common Stock of US$1 par 
value, £20,000 face value

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

1002
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 

100 

100 

1  Shareholdings in these companies are held by intermediate subsidiary undertakings except for Capital Shopping Centres PLC where 82.5 per cent is held by 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC, and 17.5 per cent held by Liberty International Financial Services Limited. 

2  By virtue of their 40% interest in The Metrocentre Partnership, GIC Real Estate is entitled to appoint 40 per cent of the Directors of Metrocentre (GP) Limited. 

The non-controlling interest balance of £19.9 million shown in the balance sheet relates to GIC Real Estate’s interest and is calculated in accordance with IAS 27 
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements. 

3  Ownership of C&C (US) No.1, Inc. was transferred to EQY–CSC LLC, the joint venture through which Equity One has acquired the Group’s US business, 

on 4 January 2011. 

The companies listed above are those subsidiary undertakings whose results or financial position, in the opinion of the Directors, principally 
effected the figures in the Company’s annual accounts. A full list of related undertakings will be annexed to the Company’s next annual return. 

Companies are incorporated and registered in England and Wales unless otherwise stated. All subsidiary undertakings have been included 
in the consolidated results. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

103

43 Related party transactions 

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation for the Group.  

Significant transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries are shown below: 

Subsidiary 

Capital Shopping Centres PLC 

Liberty International Capital (Five) Limited 
Liberty International Capital (Six) Limited 
CSC Capital (Jersey) Limited 

Nature of transaction 

Increase in investment 
Re-charges 
Dividend 
Dividend 
Increase in investment 

Significant balances outstanding between the Company and its subsidiaries are shown below: 

2010 
£m

500.0
4.5
–
–
217.6

2009 
£m 

–
4.3
3.2
10.0
–

Amounts owed by subsidiaries 

Amounts owed to subsidiaries

Subsidiary 

Liberty International Group Treasury Limited 
Conduit Insurance Holdings Limited 
Liberty International Holdings Limited 
TAI Investments Limited 
Capital Shopping Centres PLC 
Libtai Holdings (Jersey) Limited 
Nailsfield Limited 
CSC Trading 
Greenhaven Industrial Properties Limited 
CSC Capital (Jersey) Limited 

2010 
£m

467.6
16.2
104.7
–
5.1
–
22.6
–
–
–

2009  
£m 

2,373.9 
16.0 
132.8 
– 
5.1 
– 
22.6 
– 
– 
– 

2010 
£m

–
–
–
(27.9)
–
–
–
(3.3)
(1.8)
(218.7)

Prior to the demerger Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC exercised control over and provided a number of group services to Capco. 
All transactions since 7 May 2010, including the provision of services under the demerger agreement, have been on an arms-length basis 
on normal commercial terms. 

Key management1 compensation is analysed below: 

Salaries and short-term employee benefits 
Pensions and other post-employment benefits 
Share-based payments 
Termination benefits 

2010 
£m

7.2
0.3
0.8
0.5
8.8

2009 
£m

–
–
–
(5.0)
–
(7.1)
–
–
–
–

2009 
£m

7.2
0.5
–
–
7.7

1  Key management comprises the Directors of Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC and those employees who have been designated as persons discharging 

managerial responsibility. 

44 Directors’ emoluments 

The details of individual Directors’ remuneration and pension benefits as set out in the tables contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on pages 51 to 59 form part of these financial statements. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

45 Share-based payment 

The Group operates a number of share based payment arrangements providing employee benefits and incentives. All schemes are equity 
settled, and as such the expense recognised in the income statement is assessed based on the fair value of the equity instruments awarded 
as determined at their grant date. The expense is recognised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period based on Group estimates of the 
number of shares that are expected to vest. 

Share Option Schemes 

Options to subscribe for ordinary shares may be awarded under the Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Approved Share Option Scheme 
and the Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Unapproved Share Option Scheme. 

Exercise is subject to an earnings per share (“EPS”) performance condition which requires Capital Shopping Centres Group “smoothed” 
earnings to grow over a three year period commencing with the year of grant at a rate in excess of 5 per cent per annum compound. 
“Smoothed” earnings growth means the percentage increase in underlying earnings per share, adjusted by (a) excluding exceptional and 
valuation items and (b) limiting trading or non-recurring items to 10 per cent of profit before tax. For the award made in 2009 exceptionally, the 
base figure for comparison purposes will be the “smoothed” earnings achieved in 2009 for comparison with the three year period commencing 
with 2010. 

Except in the case of a “good” leaver, options may not be exercised within three years of grant and before satisfaction or waiver of any 
applicable performance condition, and are forfeited if the employee leaves the Group before the options become capable of exercise. 
The options automatically lapse if not exercised within 10 years of the date of grant. 

As a result of the demerger the number of options attributed to each option holder was increased by a factor of 1.32 while the option price was 
reduced by dividing by 1.32. 

During the year individuals who received awards made in 2009 and 2010 were given the option to modify their awards. Where this modification 
option was taken, the future exercise of their existing share options was capped based on the share price at the date of modification and they 
participate in the Joint Share Ownership Plan from that date as described below. As required by IFRS 2 Share-based Payment, the fair value of 
the award is measured immediately before the modification and immediately after and any increase in fair value must be recognised as an 
expense through the income statement over the performance period. Under this test it was found that no additional expense was required. 

Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows: 

Outstanding at 1 January 
Adjustment to options on demerger 
Awarded during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Expired during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Outstanding at 31 December 
Exercisable at 31 December 

Number of options

Weighted average 
exercise price (pence)

Number of options 

Weighted average 
exercise price (pence)

2010

2009

4,227,635
1,345,985
3,907,670
(146,769)
–
(1,761,576)
7,572,945
496,683

388
n/a
313
417
–
274
306
474

604,844 
– 
3,730,000 
(89,709) 
(17,500) 
– 
4,227,635 
498,117 

604
–
359
625
419
–
388
606

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise during the year was 348p (2009 – no options exercised). 

Share options outstanding at 31 December 2010 had exercise prices between 272p and 528p (2009 – between 359p and 698p) and 
a weighted average remaining contractual life of 9 years (2009 – 9 years). More detail by exercise price ranges is shown below: 

Exercise price (pence) 

272 to 313 
387 to 528 

Exercise price (pence) 

359 
406 to 698 

Number of options 

7,075,262 
497,683 

2010

Weighted 
average remaining 
contractual life

9
2

2009

Number of options 

Weighted average 
remaining contractual life

3,730,000 
497,635 

9
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

105

45 Share-based payment (continued) 

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year, determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, was £0.60 per 
option (2009 – £0.41). The significant inputs to the model for the majority of options awarded during the year were as follows: 

Share price and exercise price at grant date 
Expected option life in years 
Risk free rate 
Expected volatility 
Expected dividend yield 

2010 

£3.13 
4 years 
2.2% 
34.5% 
4.8% 

2009

£3.59
4.5 years
2.6%
38.0%
5.8%

Expected dividend yield is based on public pronouncements about future dividend levels. All other measures are based on historical data. 

Joint Share Ownership Plan 

Eligible employees may be invited to participate in the Joint Share Ownership Plan (JSOP) which forms part of the Capital Shopping Centres 
Group PLC Unapproved Share Option Scheme. Under the JSOP shares are held jointly by the employee and the Employee Share Ownership 
Plan Trustee with any increases in the share price and dividends paid on those shares being allocated between the joint owners in accordance 
with the terms of the scheme. 

Conditions for exercise (including satisfaction of the same performance condition), forfeiture and lapsing are as set out above for 
options generally. 

As set out above no additional accounting charge was required for modified awards. The weighted average fair value of awards granted during 
the year was £0.71 per award (2009 – no awards). This fair value has been determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model adapted 
to reflect the specific conditions of the scheme for the split of value and dividends. The significant inputs to the model for the options awarded 
during the year were as follows: 

Share price at grant date 
Expected option life in years 
Risk free rate 
Expected volatility 
Expected dividend yield 

2010

£3.58
4 years
2.2%
34.5%
4.3%

Expected dividend yield as based on public pronouncements about future dividend levels. All other measures are based on historical data. 

Bonus Share Scheme 

Under the Capital Shopping Centres Group Bonus Scheme (the Bonus Scheme), deferred shares may be awarded as part of any bonus. 

Such awards comprise “Restricted” shares and “Additional” shares. Where awarded, Additional shares are equal to 50 per cent of the 
Restricted shares and SIP shares (see below) combined. The release of deferred share awards is not dependent on the achievement of any 
further performance conditions other than that participants remain employed by the Group for a specified time from the date of the award, 
typically two years in the case of Restricted shares and four years in the case of Additional shares. The fair value of share awards are determined 
by the market price of the shares at the grant date. No awards were made during 2010. 

Year of grant 

Outstanding at 1 January 
Awarded during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Vested during the year 
Outstanding at 31 December 

Restricted
2007-2009

250,980
–
–
(250,980)
–

2010 

Additional 
2006-2009 

187,011 
– 
– 
(187,011) 
– 

Restricted 
2007-2009 

237,851 
82,078 
(1,317)
(67,632)
250,980 

2009

Additional
2006-2009

190,553
27,112
(2,221)
(28,433)
187,011

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

45 Share-based payment (continued) 

Share incentive plan (SIP) 

The Company operates a SIP for all eligible employees, who may receive up to £3,000 worth of shares as part of their annual bonus 
arrangements. The SIP arrangements offer worthwhile tax advantages to employees and to the Company.  

The SIP Bonus shares can be released three years after the date of the award provided the individual employee has remained in employment 
but the shares must then be held in trust for a further two years in order to qualify for tax advantages. No awards of SIP Bonus shares were 
made in 2009 or 2010. The fair value of SIP Bonus shares is determined by the market price at the grant date. 

As part of the SIP arrangements, the Company also offers eligible employees the opportunity to participate in a “Partnership” share scheme, 
under which employees can save up to £125 a month. The Group offers one free Matching share for every two Partnership shares purchased 
by the employee at the end of a twelve-month saving period. Matching shares are forfeited if the employee leaves the Group within three years 
of the date of award, and qualify for tax advantages if they are held in the SIP for five years. The fair value of Matching shares is determined by 
the market price at the grant date. 

The dividend payable in respect of the shares held in the SIP is used to purchase additional shares, known as Dividend Shares, which are also 
held in trust and allocated to individuals and are subject to the same conditions of release. 

Movements in SIP bonus shares granted are as follows: 

Outstanding at 1 January 
Forfeited during the year 
Vested during the year1 
Outstanding at 31 December2 

1  May still be held in trust. 

2  Shares that remain within their three-year holding period. 

46 Pensions 

2010 

39,263 
(1,043) 
(21,664) 
16,556 

2009

64,267
(2,309)
(22,695)
39,263

The Group operates a defined contribution group pension plan (the “GPP”) which all employees are eligible to join. Additionally the Group makes 
contributions to a self-invested personal pension (“SIPP”) on behalf of an executive director. All contributions are invested in funds administered 
outside of the Group. 

The pension charge for the Group contributions to these arrangements is the actual amount paid which for continuing operations totalled 
£1.1 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 (2009 – £1.0 million). 

The Group previously operated a defined benefit pension scheme, the Liberty International Group Retirement Benefit Scheme (the “Scheme”) 
which was closed to new members in 1997. The Scheme was fully closed for future benefit accrual in December 2009 and a bulk annuity policy 
purchased from Pension Insurance Corporation (“PIC”). No contributions on behalf of members were made to the Scheme in 2010. Individual 
policies were issued to all members by PIC in November 2010 and the Scheme had no assets and no liabilities as at 31 December 2010. The 
Scheme is expected to be fully wound up in early 2011. 

47 Events after the reporting period 

On 4 January the Group completed a transaction with Equity One whereby Equity One acquired the Group’s interest in its US subsidiaries 
(C&C US), through a joint venture with the Group. Further details are given in note 38. 

On 28 January 2011 the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Tokenhouse Holdings Limited (renamed The Trafford Centre Group 
Limited) for consideration consisting of 155.0 million ordinary shares in the Company and £127.6 million 3.75 per cent perpetual subordinated 
convertible bonds (the “convertible bonds”). As a condition of the acquisition the Company also issued to Peel 12,316,817 ordinary shares for 
£3.55 each and convertible bonds with a nominal value of £26.7 million convertible into 6,679,250 ordinary shares, for a subscription amount 
of £23.7 million and an implied issue price of the underlying shares of £3.55 each. 

The Trafford Centre Group Limited owns and operates, through its subsidiaries, The Trafford Centre in Manchester. Further details of the 
business are given in the Business review.  

Under IFRS 3 Business Combinations, the Group is required to account for the consideration and the assets and liabilities acquired at their 
fair value on the date the acquisition was completed. The fair value of the consideration based on the share price on 28 January 2011 was 
£702.7 million and consisted of £582.8 million of ordinary shares and £119.9 million of convertible bonds. Due to the proximity of the acquisition 
to the date on which these accounts have been published, the initial accounting for the business combination, including the assessment of the 
fair value of assets and liabilities acquired, has not yet been completed and is therefore not included in this note to the accounts. The financial 
impact of the acquisition is discussed in the Financial review. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

107

48 Directors’ interests 

(a) In shares in Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Group companies 

The number of ordinary shares of the Company in which the Directors were beneficially interested were: 

Chairman: 
D.P.H. Burgess 
Executive: 
D.A. Fischel 
K.E. Chaldecott 
E.M.G. Roberts (appointed 3 June 2010) 
Non-Executive: 
J.G. Abel (appointed 2 June 2010) 
R.M. Gordon (appointed 7 May 2010) 
I.J. Henderson 
A.J.M. Huntley  
R.O. Rowley 
N. Sachdev 
A.D. Strang  
Retired during the year: 
I.C. Durant 
I.D. Hawksworth 
G.J. Gordon 
M. Rapp 

2010

2009

29,266

29,266

549,322
102,800
30,000

490,610
54,946
–

122,221
10,710,526
12,601
12,000
1,260
–
–

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

122,221
10,710,526
12,601
–
1,260
–
–

–
339
2,305,268
6,372

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC ordinary shares of 50p each 
Conditional awards of shares have previously been made under the Company’s annual bonus scheme. 

The awards comprise “Restricted” shares and “Additional” shares, the latter equal to 50 per cent of the restricted and Share Incentive Plan 
shares combined. As noted in the Directors’ Remuneration Report contained in the Company’s 2009 Annual Report, the Remuneration 
Committee decided that all outstanding deferred bonus shares held by Directors and staff would vest in March 2010. Executive Directors were 
required to retain the shares, net of shares sold to meet tax and PAYE deductions, which vested ahead of the normal vesting date. 

Awards to Executive Directors under the scheme to date have been as follows: 

Current Directors: 

D.A. Fischel 

K.E. Chaldecott 

Award date 

01/03/2008 
01/03/2008 
06/03/2007 
01/03/2006 

01/03/2008 
01/03/2008 
06/03/2007 
01/03/2006 

Market price at 
award (pence) 

Original 
vesting date 

Market price at 
vesting (pence)

Number of 
shares at 
31 December 
2009

Number of 
shares lapsed 
during 2010

Number of 
shares awarded 
during 2010 

Number of 
shares vested 
during 2010 

Number of 
shares at 
31 December 
2010

992  01/03/2012 
992  01/03/2010 
1205  01/03/2011 
1099  01/03/2010 

992  01/03/2012 
992  01/03/2010 
1205  01/03/2011 
1099  01/03/2010 

486
486
486
486

486
486
486
486

26,822
53,461
9,952
9,218

10,181
20,061
3,112
2,866

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

26,822
53,461
9,952
9,218

10,181
20,061
3,112
2,866

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Notes to the accounts 
Continued 

48 Directors’ interests (continued) 

Directors who retired during the year: 

Award date 

Market price at 
award (pence) 

Original 
vesting date 

Market price at 
vesting (pence)

I.D. Hawksworth  01/03/2008 
01/03/2008 
28/05/2009 

992  01/03/2012
992  01/03/2010
359  01/03/2010

I.C. Durant 

28/05/2009 
28/05/2009 

359  01/03/2011
359  01/08/2013

486
486
486

486
486

Number of 
shares at 
31 December 
2009

13,441
26,580
27,855

21,123
10,562

Number of 
shares lapsed 
during 2010

Number of 
shares awarded 
during 2010* 

Number of 
shares vested 
during 2010  

Number of 
shares at 
31 December 
2010

–
–
–

–
–

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

13,441 
26,580 
27,855 

21,123 
10,562 

–
–
–

–
–

No Restricted or Additional shares were awarded in respect of the year ended 31 December 2009. Details of Restricted and Additional shares 
awarded in respect of the year ended 31 December 2010 are given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 51 to 59. 

Awards may also be made under the Company’s Share Incentive Plan (SIP). The SIP shares can be released three years after the date of the 
award provided the individual Director has remained in employment but the shares must be held in trust for a further two years in order to qualify 
for tax advantages. The dividend payable in respect of the shares held in trust is used to purchase additional shares, known as Dividend Shares, 
which are also held in trust. No SIP bonus shares were awarded during 2010. Details of SIP shares awarded in respect of the year ended 
31 December 2010 are given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 51 to 59. 

Current Directors: 
D.A. Fischel 
K.E. Chaldecott 

Directors who retired during the year: 
I.C. Durant1 
I.D. Hawksworth2 

At 
31 December 
2009

Removed 
from trust

Lapsed

Awarded 

Partnership,  
matching and  
dividend  
shares 

At 
31 December 
2010 

5,176
2,752

–
1,317

–
–

(367)
(1,869)

–
–

(183)
–

– 
– 

– 
– 

787 
687 

550 
552 

5,963
3,439

–
–

1  Mr Durant’s SIP shares became transferable to him, subject to the usual terms of the SIP, on his resignation from the Company. 

2 

In accordance with the SIP Rules, Mr Hawksworth’s SIP shares were transferred to him on the demerger of Capital & Counties Properties PLC from the Group. 

(b) In share options in the Company 

Current Directors interests in share options are given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 51 to 59. 

Following the demerger, the Remuneration Committee determined that both Messrs Durant and Hawksworth be entitled to exercise their 
outstanding options granted in 2009 on the understanding that, in respect of the Unapproved options, the net proceeds of such exercises be 
used to re-invest in shares in Capital & Counties Properties PLC. Mr Durant exercised 180,000 Unapproved options on 17 June 2010 at a 
market price of 337.4211 pence, and his remaining 205,372 Unapproved options and 11,041 Approved options on 22 July 2010 at a market 
price of 340.3487 pence per share. Mr Hawksworth exercised 150,000 Unapproved options on 22 June 2010 at a market price of 336.7994 
pence per share and his remaining 235,372 Unapproved options and 11,041 Approved options on 27 July 2010 at a market price of 354.5635 
pence per share. 

(c) Other disclosures 

No Director had any dealings in the shares of any Group company between 31 December 2010 and 23 February 2011, being a date less than 
one month prior to the date of the notice convening the Annual General Meeting. 

Other than as disclosed in these accounts, no Director of the Company had a material interest in any contract (other than service contracts), 
transaction or arrangement with any Group company during the year ended 31 December 2010. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

109

Investment and development property (unaudited) 

1. Property valuation data as at 31 December 2010 

As at 31 December 2010 
Lakeside, Thurrock 
Metrocentre, Gateshead 
Braehead, Glasgow 
The Harlequin, Watford 
Victoria Centre, Nottingham 
Arndale, Manchester 
Eldon Square, Newcastle upon Tyne 
St David’s, Cardiff 
Chapelfield, Norwich 
Cribbs Causeway, Bristol 
The Chimes, Uxbridge 
The Potteries, Stoke-on-Trent 
The Glades, Bromley 
Other 
Total investment and development property 
As at 31 December 2009 
Total investment and development property 

Notes 

Market value
£m

Net initial
yield (EPRA)

“Topped-up” NIY 
(EPRA) 

Nominal
equivalent yield

Occupancy

1,053.0
843.4
575.5
353.0
337.0
336.4
250.4
242.8
236.1
220.5
217.1
201.2
177.7
55.0

5,099.1

5.19%
5.70%
5.20%
5.15%
5.33%
5.76%
4.62%
3.47%
5.22%
5.49%
6.01%
6.43%
5.61%

5.32% 
6.41% 
5.38% 
5.16% 
5.37% 
5.86% 
5.60% 
5.77% 
5.58% 
5.55% 
6.03% 
6.54% 
5.73% 

5.75%
6.33%
6.12%
6.65%
6.40%
5.99%
7.01%
6.09%
6.80%
6.05%
6.50%
7.25%
7.25%

99.0%
97.5%
99.3%
96.9%
98.4%
100.0%
98.6%
97.1%A
99.0%
97.3%
99.3%
100.0%
97.9%

5.32%

5.64% 

6.30%

98.6%

4,631.1

5.70%

5.90% 

7.08%

97.8%

A  Excludes the recently completed extension to St David’s, Cardiff. Including this extension, occupancy for St David’s, Cardiff was 81.4 per cent and for the Group 

was 97.7 per cent. 

Net rental income 
Passing rent 
ERV 
Weighted average unexpired lease 

Please refer to the glossary for the definition of terms. 

2. Analysis of capital return in the year 

Like-for-like property 
Disposals 
Redevelopments and developments 
Total investment and development property 

3. Analysis of net rental income in the year 

Like-for-like property 
Disposals 
Developments 
Total investment and development property 

2010
£m

276.9
283.1
354.1
7.0 years

2009
£m

267.3
271.1
363.4
6.8 years

2010
£m

5,092.4
–
6.7
5,099.1

Market value 

Revaluation surplus

2009  
£m  

4,563.8 
67.3 
– 
4,631.1 

2010 
£m 

260.0 
1.0 
15.9 
276.9 

2010
£m

500.6
–
–
500.6

2009
£m

254.7
3.7
8.9
267.3

2010
%

11.0
–
–
11.0

Change
%

2.1
(73.0)
78.7
3.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Investment and development property (unaudited) 
Continued 

4. Additional property information as at 31 December 2010 

As at 31 December 2010 
Lakeside, Thurrock 
Metrocentre, Gateshead 
Braehead, Glasgow 
The Harlequin, Watford 
Victoria Centre, Nottingham 
Arndale, Manchester 
Eldon Square, Newcastle upon Tyne 
St David’s, Cardiff 
Chapelfield, Norwich 
Cribbs Causeway, Bristol 
The Chimes, Uxbridge 
The Potteries, Stoke-on-Trent 
The Glades, Bromley 
Other 
Total investment and development property 
As at 31 December 2009 
Total investment and development property 

Notes 

Ownership

Note

Form of
ownershipJ

Vacancy 
rate 
(EPRA)H 

Gross area 
million 
sq. ft.E 

Year
opened

Acquisition
dateG

100%
90%
100%
93%
100%
48%
60%
50%
100%
33%
100%
100%
64%

FH
LH
FH
LH
FH
LH
FH/LH
FH/LH
FH
FH/LH
FH
FH
LH

A 

B 

C 

D 

0.5% 
1.7% 
– 
1.8% 
0.9% 
– 
0.5% 
2.8%F 
– 
1.2% 
– 
– 
1.1% 

1990
1986
1999
1992
1972
1976
1976
2009
2005
1998
2001
1998
1991

–
1995
–
–
2002I
2005
–
2006
–
2005
–
–
–

1.4 
2.1 
1.1 
0.7 
1.0 
1.6 
1.4 
1.4 
0.5 
1.0 
0.4 
0.6 
0.5 
0.4 

0.8% 

14.1 

0.9% 

14.0 

A 

Interest shown is that of the Metrocentre Partnership in the Metrocentre (90 per cent) and the Metro Retail Park (100 per cent). The Group has a 60 per cent 
interest in the Metrocentre Partnership which is consolidated as a subsidiary of the Group. 

B  The Group’s interest is through a joint venture ownership of a 95 per cent interest in The Arndale, Manchester, and 90 per cent interest in New Cathedral Street, 

Manchester. 

C  The Group’s interest is through a joint venture ownership of a 66 per cent interest in The Mall at Cribbs Causeway and a 100 per cent interest in The Retail Park, 

Cribbs Causeway. 

D 

Includes the Group’s 50 per cent economic interest in Xscape, Braehead. 

E  Area shown is not adjusted for the proportional ownership. 

F  Excludes the recently completed extension to St David’s, Cardiff. Including this extension, the vacancy rate for St David’s, Cardiff was 9.8 per cent and for the 

Group was 1.5 per cent. 

G  The acquisition date is presented only where the centre was not built by the Group. 

H  As defined in the glossary on page 119. Where no rate is presented this is because it is nil as at 31 December 2010. 

I  CSC held a 20 per cent stake in Victoria Centre, Nottingham prior to 2002 when it acquired the remaining 80 per cent to take its holding to 100 per cent. 

J  Form of ownership is shown as either freehold (FH), leasehold (LH) or freehold and leasehold (FH/LH). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

111

5. Rent review cycle and lease maturity 

Rent review cycle

Lease maturity

%

25

20

15

10

5

0

20%

17%

9%

11%

11%

7%

2009
and earlier

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

%

50

40

30

20

10

0

43%

12%

9%

6%

6%

14%

10%

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015-2019

2020-2024

2025+

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Financial covenants (unaudited) 

Financial covenants on asset-specific debt excluding joint ventures 

Metrocentre 
Braehead 
Watford 
Nottingham 
Chapelfield 
Uxbridge 
Bromley 
Lakeside 
Total 

Maturity

2015
2015
2015
2016
2016
2016
2016
2017

Loan outstanding 
at 31 January 
20111
£m 

Loan to  
31 December  
2010  
market value2 

LTV covenant

Interest cover 
covenant 

Interest cover
actual3

549.1 
335.3 
243.7 
252.0 
212.1 
159.5 
137.5 
519.7 
2,408.9 

90%
n/a
n/a
90%
n/a
85%
85%
75%

68%  
n/a  
n/a  
75%  
n/a  
73%  
77%  
49%  

120% 
120% 
120% 
110% 
110% 
120% 
120% 
140% 

130% 
171% 
133% 
165% 
137% 
148% 
145% 
192% 

Financial covenants on joint ventures asset-specific debt 

Cardiff 
Xscape 
Total 

Maturity

2014
2014

Loan outstanding 
£m 
37.24,5
22.84 
60.0 

LTV covenant

75%
n/a6

Loan to 
31 December 
2010  
market value2 

14% 
n/a6

Interest cover  
covenant  

Interest cover
actual3

150% 
120% 

192% 
189% 

1  The loan values are the actual principal balances outstanding at 31 January 2011, which take into account any principal repayments made in January 2011. 

The balance sheet value of the loans includes any unamortised fees.  

2  The Loan to 31 December 2010 market value provides an indication of the impact of the 31 December 2010 property valuations undertaken for inclusion in the 

financial statements could have on the LTV covenants. The actual timing and manner of testing LTV covenants varies and is loan specific. 

3  Based on latest certified figures, calculated in accordance with loan agreements, which have been submitted between 31 December 2010 and 31 January 2011. 

The calculations are loan specific and include a variety of historic, forecast and in certain instances a combined historic and forecast basis. 

4  50 per cent of the debt is shown which is consistent with accounting treatment and the Group’s economic interest. 

5  On 17 January 2011 a further drawdown of £56.2 million was made. Based on this the loan to market value would be 36 per cent. 

6  The Xscape LTV covenant is suspended until 1 April 2012. 

Financial covenants on corporate facilities at 31 December 2010 

£248m facility, maturing in 2013 

Net worth 
covenant*

£600m 

Net worth
actual

Interest cover 
covenant*

Interest cover  
actual 

Borrowings/net  
worth covenant* 

Borrowings/net 
worth actual

£1,415.6m

120% 

146% 

110%  

8%

*  Tested on the Borrower Group which excludes, at the Group’s election, certain subsidiaries with asset-specific finance. The facility is secured on the Group’s 

investments in the Arndale, Manchester and Cribbs Causeway, Bristol.  

Capital Shopping Centres Debenture PLC at 31 December 2010 

Maturity

2027

Loan
£m

231.4

Capital cover 
covenant

Capital cover  
actual 

Interest cover  
covenant 

Interest cover 
actual

167%

195% 

100% 

112%

The debenture is currently secured on the Group’s interests in The Potteries, Stoke-on-Trent and Eldon Square, Newcastle.  

Should the capital cover or interest cover test be breached Capital Shopping Centres Debenture PLC (the issuer) has three months from the 
date of delivery of the valuation or the latest certificate to the Trustees to make good any deficiencies. The issuer may withdraw property 
secured on the debenture by paying a sum of money or through the substitution of alternative property provided that the loan to value and 
income tests are satisfied immediately following the substitution. 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

113

Underlying profit statement (unaudited)  
for the year ended 31 December 2010 

Year ended 
31 December 
2010 
£m

Re-presented
Year ended 
31 December 
2009 
£m

Six months 
ended 
31 December 
2010 
£m

Re-presented 
Six months  
ended  
31 December  
2009  
£m 

Six months 
ended 
30 June 
2010 
£m

Re-presented
Six months 
ended 
30 June 
2009 
£m

Net rental income 
Net other income 

Administration expenses  
Underlying operating profit 
Finance costs 
Finance income 
Other finance costs 
Underlying net finance costs 
Underlying profit before tax 
Tax on adjusted profit 
Remove amounts attributable to non- 
controlling interest 
C&C US underlying earnings included within 
discontinued operations 
Underlying earnings 
Underlying earnings per share (pence) 

276.9
0.7
277.6
(23.0)
254.6
(165.4)
3.1
(8.8)
(171.1)
83.5
(0.1)

2.3

10.9
96.6
15.4p

267.3
(0.1)
267.2
(26.2)
241.0
(174.8)
3.7
(9.6)
(180.7)
60.3
2.7

5.8

6.3
75.1
15.1p

142.4
0.4
142.8
(11.8)
131.0
(83.1)
1.8
(4.4)
(85.7)
45.3
0.1

1.4

6.5
53.3
8.4p

134.6 
(0.1) 
134.5 
(11.9) 
122.6 
(87.6) 
1.9 
(5.1) 
(90.8) 
31.8 
2.1 

3.0 

4.4 
41.3 
8.3p 

134.5
0.3
134.8
(11.2)
123.6
(82.3)
1.3
(4.4)
(85.4)
38.2
(0.2)

0.9

4.4
43.3
7.0p

132.7
–
132.7
(14.3)
118.4
(87.2)
1.8
(4.5)
(89.9)
28.5
0.6

2.8

1.9
33.8
8.4p

 
 
 
 
 
114 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Consolidated pro forma balance sheet (unaudited) 
as at 31 December 2009 

The analysis below is provided to illustrate the impact on the Group’s balance sheet as if the demerger of Capco and the disposal of C&C US 
had occurred at 31 December 2009. The demerger of Capco and demerger and other costs information have been extracted from the Circular 
on the demerger of Capco that was issued on 12 March 2010. 

The re-classification of C&C US as held for sale column classifies the C&C US assets and liabilities on a consistent basis with how they are 
shown in the Group’s 31 December 2010 balance sheet. 

As at
31 December
2009
£m

Demerger of 
Capco1
£m 

Demerger and  
other costs2 
£m  

Reclassify 
C&C US as held 
for sale 
£m 

Pro forma
as at
31 December
2009
£m

Non-current assets 
Investment and development property 
Plant and equipment 
Investments in associate companies 
Other investments 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade and other receivables 
` 
Current assets 
Trading property 
Current tax assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
C&C US – assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
C&C US – liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Deferred tax provision 
Other provisions 
Other payables 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

6,182.6
1.9
26.8
58.3
15.0
69.8
6,354.4

24.2
1.1
86.1
582.5
–
693.9
7,048.3

(285.2)
(148.5)
(14.3)
–
(448.0)

(3,740.1)
(371.8)
(37.1)
(8.6)
(21.6)
(4,179.2)
(4,627.2)

(1,240.5) 
(1.0) 
– 
(46.0) 
– 
(14.5) 
(1,302.0) 

(0.3) 
(1.3) 
(20.8) 
(263.3) 
– 
(285.7) 
(1,587.7) 

61.9 
15.0 
– 
– 
76.9 

711.4 
56.2 
– 
7.4 
2.1 
777.1 
854.0 

2,421.1

(733.7) 

–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

(7.3)  
–  
–  
–  
(7.3)  

–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
(7.3)  

(7.3)  

(338.0) 
(0.2) 
– 
– 
– 
(12.8) 
(351.0) 

(10.0) 
2.3 
(6.2) 
(12.8) 
377.7 
351.0 
– 

8.3 
11.6 
– 
(250.4) 
(230.5) 

192.7 
– 
37.1 
– 
0.7 
230.5 
– 

4,604.1
0.7
26.8
12.3
15.0
42.5
4,701.4

13.9
2.1
59.1
306.4
377.7
759.2
5,460.6

(222.3)
(121.9)
(14.3)
(250.4)
(608.9)

(2,836.0)
(315.6)
–
(1.2)
(18.8)
(3,171.6)
(3,780.5)

– 

1,680.1

1   Represents the demerger of the Capco business and includes an allocation to Capco of £244 million of cash. The financial information used in this adjustment 

has been extracted from the Combined Financial Information in the listing prospectus of Capco, dated 12 March 2010, as adjusted to reflect the allocation of 
cash prior to completion of the demerger. 

2   £7.3 million represents estimated demerger and related costs not incurred or accrued as at 31 December 2009. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

115

EPRA performance measures 

1. Summary 

The EPRA Best Practice Recommendations issued in 2010 identified 5 key performance measures. The measures are deemed to be of 
importance for investors in property companies and aim to encourage more consistent and widespread disclosure. The Group is supportive of 
this initiative but continues to disclose additional measures throughout this report which it believes are more appropriate to the Group’s current 
circumstances. 

The EPRA measures as calculated for the Group are detailed below: 

EPRA Earnings 
– per share 
EPRA NAV 
– per share 
EPRA Triple Net Asset Value (NNNAV) 
– per share 
EPRA Net Initial Yield 
EPRA “topped-up” NIY 
EPRA Vacancy Rate 

2. EPRA earnings 

2010

2009

£69.0m
11.0p
£2,677.0m
390p
£2,640.3m
385p
5.3%
5.6%
0.8%

£61.1m
12.3p
£2,945.9m
464p
£3,032.0m
478p
5.7%
5.9%
0.9%

Basic earnings/(loss) per share from continuing 
operations 
Remove: 
Revaluation and sale of investment and development 
property 
Sale and impairment of investments 
Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments 
Exceptional administration costs – acquisition related 
Exceptional finance charges – termination of derivative 
financial instrument 
Profits on sale and write down of trading property 
Tax on the above 
Non-controlling interest in respect of the above 
EPRA earnings per share 
Reconciliation to the Group’s measure of underlying 
earnings per share 
Remove: 
Exceptional items 
REIT entry charge 
Add: 
Profits on sale and write down of trading property 
C&C US underlying earnings included within 
discontinued operations 
Underlying earnings per share 

Earnings 
£m

Shares 
million

2010

Pence per 
share

Earnings  
£m 

Shares 
million

2009

Pence per 
share

428.8

627.8

68.3p

(175.1) 

497.7

(35.2)p

(497.2)
2.6
50.0
4.1

65.1
(0.7)
(2.8)
19.1
69.0

12.7
3.3

0.7

10.9
96.6

(79.2)p
0.4p
8.0p
0.6p

10.4p
(0.1)p
(0.4)p
3.0p
11.0p

2.1p
0.5p

0.1p

1.7p
15.4p

535.7 
10.1 
(399.6) 
– 

28.9 
0.1 
66.9 
(5.9) 
61.1 

4.7 
3.1 

(0.1) 

6.3 
75.1 

107.6p
2.0p
(80.3)p
–

5.9p
–
13.5p
(1.2)p
12.3p

0.9p
0.6p

–

1.3p
15.1p

497.7

497.7

627.8

627.8

EPRA earnings per share has been presented as recommended by EPRA which seeks to assist comparison between European property 
companies. However, we believe that our measure of underlying earnings per share is more appropriate than the EPRA measure in the context 
of our business as set out in note 14. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

EPRA performance measures  
Continued 

3. EPRA NAV 

NAV attributable to equity shareholders of CSC Group PLC 
Dilutive convertible bonds, share options and awards 
Diluted NAV 
Add: 
Unrecognised surplus on trading properties (net of tax) 
Remove: 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments (net of tax) 
Deferred tax on investment and development properties 
Non-controlling interest in respect of the above 
Add: 
Non-controlling interest recoverable balance not 
recognised 
EPRA NAV 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments (net of tax) 
Excess of fair value of debt over book value 
Non-controlling interest in respect of the above 
EPRA NNNAV 

Net assets 
£m

2,273.4
– 
2,273.4

1.4

314.9
47.7
(31.7)

71.3
2,677.0
(314.9)
246.5
31.7
2,640.3

2010

Shares 
million

NAV per share 
pence

685.8
– 
685.8

685.8

685.8

331p

331p

–

46p
7p
(5)p

11p
390p
(46)p
36p
5p
385p

Net assets  
£m 

2,421.1 
101.3 
2,522.4 

0.9 

335.5 
42.9 
(27.1) 

71.3 
2,945.9 
(335.5) 
394.5 
27.1 
3,032.0 

2009

Shares  
million 

NAV per share 
pence

621.5 
12.8 
634.3 

634.3 

634.3 

390p

398p

–

53p
7p
(5)p

11p
464p
(53)p
63p
4p
478p

The Group’s measure of NAV per share (diluted, adjusted) disclosed in note 15 is equal to the EPRA NAV presented above. The adjustment in 
respect of the non-controlling interest recoverable balance not recognised is due to historic accounting practices and is required to get the 
correct net assets attributable to equity shareholders of the Group. 

4. EPRA Net Initial Yield and “topped-up” NIY 

Investment and development property 
Less developments 
Completed property portfolio 
Allowance for estimated purchasers costs 
Gross up completed property portfolio valuation 

Annualised cash passing rental income 
Property outgoings 
Annualised net rents 
Notional rent expiration of rent free periods or other lease incentives 
Topped-up net annualised rent 

EPRA net initial yield 
EPRA “topped-up” NIY 

EPRA net initial yield and “topped-up” NIY by property is given in the Investment and development property section. 

5. EPRA Vacancy Rate 

EPRA Vacancy Rate 

2010 
£m 

5,099 
(7) 
5,092 
259 
5,351 

297 
(15) 
282 
18 
300 

5.3% 
5.6% 

2009
£m

4,631
–
4,631
228
4,859

291
(14)
277
8
285

5.7%
5.9%

2010 
% 

0.8 

2009
%

0.9

EPRA Vacancy Rate is calculated as the ERV of vacant space divided by the ERV of the whole portfolio. Vacancy rate by property is given in 4. 
Additional property information as at 31 December 2010 on page 110. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

117

Financial record 
2009 – 2010 

Net rental income 
Underlying earnings 
Underlying earnings per share 
Dividend per share 
Property revaluation (deficit)/surplus 

NAV per share 
Market value of investment and development property 
Net external debt 

Debt to assets ratio 
Interest cover 

Change in like-for-like net rental income 
Occupancy 
Growth in footfall (like-for-like) 

20091

£267m
£75m
15.1p
15.0p
£(535)m

339p
£4,631m
£2,522m

55%
141%

(3.4)%
97.8%
3%

2010

£277m
£97m
15.4p
15.0p
£501m

390p
£5,099m
£2,437m

48%
156%

2.1%
98.6%
3%

1  2009 figures are re-presented to remove the impact of the Capco business following the demerger in May 2010 and to present the C&C US business as held for 

sale. The dividend per share of 15.0 pence is CSC’s share of Liberty International PLC’s 2009 dividend of 16.5 pence per share.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
118 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Management structure and advisers 

Capital Shopping Centres Group 
Chairman, Deputy Chairman and Executive Directors 
Patrick Burgess, Chairman 
John Whittaker, Deputy Chairman (Alternate – Steven Underwood) 
David Fischel, Chief Executive 
Matthew Roberts, Finance Director 
Kay Chaldecott, Executive Director, Property 
Non-Executive Directors 
John Abel 
Richard Gordon (Alternate – Raymond Fine) 
Ian Henderson 
Andrew Huntley 
Rob Rowley (Senior Independent Director) 
Neil Sachdev 
Andrew Strang 
Company Secretary 
Susan Folger  
General Corporate Counsel 
Hugh Ford 
Group Treasury, Tax and Accounting
Mark Kildea, Treasurer 
Gary Hoskins, Head of Tax 
Peter Weir, Financial Controller 
Internal Audit 
Claire Combes, Head of Risk and Internal Audit 
Human Resources 
Bernie Kingsley, Head of Human Resources 
Investor Relations  
Kate Bowyer, Investor Relations Manager 
Corporate Responsibility  
Alexander Nicoll, Director of Corporate Responsibility 
Information Systems  
Brian Horsfield, Chief Information and Systems Officer 
Registered Office  
40 Broadway, London SW1H 0BT  
Telephone 020 887 4220  
Facsimile 020 7960 1333  
Registered Number  
3685527 
Website  
www.capital-shopping-centres.co.uk 

Advisers 
Auditors 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
Chartered Accountants and  
Registered Auditors 
Solicitors 
Linklaters LLP 

Construction and Development 
Martin Ellis, Construction Director 
Charles Forrester, Director of Project Management 
Julie Pears, Director of Development 

  CSC London 
  Kay Chaldecott, Chairman 
  Caroline Kirby, Property Director 
  Trevor Pereira, Commercial Director 
  Martin Ellis, Construction Director 

Senior Management

  Jonathan Ainsley, Director of Asset Management 
Martin Breeden, Director of Asset Management 

  Kate Grant, Director of Property Management 
  Bob Tingle, Director of Operations 

General Managers
Chapelfield, Norwich
www.chapelfield.co.uk

  Davina Tanner 01603 753344 

The Chimes, Uxbridge 
www.thechimes.uk.com
  Tony Dunn 01895 819400 

Eldon Square, Newcastle upon Tyne  
www.eldon-square.co.uk
Phil Steele 0191 261 1891
The Glades, Bromley
www.theglades.uk.com

  Howard Oldstein 020 8313 9292 

The Harlequin, Watford 
  www.theharlequin.uk.com 

Michael Stevens 01923 250292
Lakeside, Thurrock
www.lakeside.uk.com

  Paul Lancaster 01708 869933 
Metrocentre, Gateshead 
  www.metrocentre.uk.com 
Tim Lamb 0191 493 0200
The Potteries, Stoke-on-Trent
www.potteries.uk.com

  Paul Francis 01782 289822 
St David’s Centre, Cardiff
www.stdavidscardiff.com
Steven Madeley 029 2039 6041
The Victoria Centre, Nottingham
www.victoriacentre.uk.com
  Richard Bowler 0115 912 1111 

  CSC Trafford 
  Mike Butterworth, Chairman 
  Gordon McKinnon, Operations Director 
  Julian Wilkinson, Property Director 

General Managers
The Trafford Centre
www.traffordcentre.co.uk
Gordon McKinnon 0161 749 1717/18 
Braehead, Renfrew, Glasgow 

  www.braehead.co.uk
  Peter Beagley 0141 885 1441 

The Mall at Cribbs Causeway, Bristol 
www.mallcribbs.com
Jonathan Edwards 0117 915 5555
Arndale Manchester
www.manchesterarndale.com
  Glen Barkworth 0161 833 9851 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

119

Glossary 

Adjusted, diluted net asset value per share 
NAV per share adjusted to exclude the fair value of derivative instruments and 
related tax and deferred tax on investment and development property and to 
include any unrecognised post tax surplus on trading properties. 

Annual property income 
The Group’s share of passing rent plus the external valuers’ estimate of annual 
excess turnover rent, additional rent in respect of unsettled rent reviews and 
sundry income such as that from car parks and mall commercialisation.  

Debt to assets ratio 
Net external debt divided by the balance sheet value of investment and 
development property plus trading property. 

Diluted figures 
Reported amounts adjusted to include the effects of dilutive potential shares 
issuable under convertible bonds and employee incentive arrangements. 

Earnings per share 
Profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders of CSC Group PLC 
divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the period. 

EPRA 
European Public Real Estate Association, the publisher of Best Practice 
Recommendations intended to make financial statements of public real estate 
companies in Europe clearer, more transparent and comparable. 

ERV (estimated rental value) 
The external valuers’ estimate of the Group’s share of the current annual market 
rent of all lettable space net of any non-recoverable charges, before bad debt 
provision and adjustments required under IFRS regarding tenant lease 
incentives. 

Exceptional items 
Exceptional items are those items that in the Directors’ view are required to be 
separately disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence to enable a full 
understanding of the Group’s financial performance.  

Initial yield to the Group 
Annualised net rent (as net initial yield (EPRA)) on investment properties 
expressed as a percentage of the net market value, representing the yield that 
would be foregone by the Group were the asset to be sold. 

Interest cover 
Underlying operating profit excluding trading property related items divided by 
the net finance cost excluding the change in fair value of derivatives, exceptional 
finance costs and amortisation of compound financial instruments. 

Interest rate swap 
A derivative financial instrument enabling parties to exchange interest rate 
obligations for a predetermined period. These are used by the Group to convert 
floating rate debt to fixed rates. 

IPD  
Investment Property Databank Ltd, producer of an independent benchmark of 
property returns.  

Like-for-like properties 
Investment properties which have been owned throughout both periods without 
significant capital expenditure in either period, so both income and capital can 
be compared on a like-for-like basis. For the purposes of comparison of capital 
values, this will also include assets owned at the previous reporting period end 
but not throughout the prior period. 

Loan-to-value (LTV) 
LTV is the ratio of attributable debt to the market value of an investment 
property.  

Net asset value (NAV) per share 
Net assets attributable to equity shareholders of CSC Group PLC divided by the 
number of ordinary shares in issue at the period end. 

Net external debt 
Net debt after removing the Metrocentre compound financial instrument. 

Net initial yield (EPRA) 
Annualised net rent (after deduction of revenue costs such as head rent, running 
void, service charge after shortfalls, empty rates and merchant association 
contribution) on investment properties expressed as a percentage of the gross 
market value before deduction of theoretical acquisition costs, consistent with 
EPRA’s net initial yield. 

Net rental income 
The Group’s share of net rents receivable as shown in the income statement, 
having taken due account of non-recoverable charges, bad debt provisions and 
adjustments to comply with IFRS including those regarding tenant lease 
incentives. 

Nominal equivalent yield 
Effective annual yield to a purchaser from the assets individually at market value 
after taking account of notional acquisition costs assuming rent is receivable 
annually in arrears, reflecting estimated rental values (ERV) but disregarding 
potential changes in market rents. 

Occupancy 
The passing rent of let and under offer units expressed as a percentage of the 
passing rent of let and under offer units plus ERV of un-let units, excluding 
development and recently completed properties and treating units let to tenants 
in administration as un-let. 

Passing rent 
The Group’s share of contracted annual rents receivable at the balance sheet 
date. This takes no account of accounting adjustments made in respect of rent 
free periods or tenant incentives, the reclassification of certain lease payments as 
finance charges or any irrecoverable costs and expenses, and does not include 
excess turnover rent, additional rent in respect of unsettled rent reviews or 
sundry income such as from car parks etc. Contracted annual rents in respect 
of tenants in administration are excluded. 

Property Income Distribution (PID) 
A dividend, generally subject to UK withholding tax at the basic rate of income 
tax, that a UK REIT is required to pay to its shareholders from its qualifying rental 
profits. Certain classes of shareholder may qualify to receive a PID gross – 
shareholders should refer to www.capital-shopping-centres.co.uk for further 
information. The Group can also pay non-PID dividends which are not subject 
to UK withholding tax. 

Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) 
A tax regime which exempts from corporation tax the rental profits  
and capital gains of the REIT’s qualifying investment property activities. In the 
UK, the regime must be elected into and the REIT must meet certain ongoing 
qualifications, including the requirement to distribute at least 90 per cent of 
qualifying rental profits to shareholders. The Group elected for REIT status with 
effect from 1 January 2007. 

Tenant (or lease) incentives 
Any incentives offered to occupiers to enter into a lease. Typically incentives are 
in the form of an initial rent free period and/or a cash contribution to fit-out the 
premises. Under IFRS the value of incentives granted to tenants is amortised 
through the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Topped-up NIY (EPRA) 
Net initial yield adjusted for the expiration of rent free periods and other 
unexpired lease incentives. 

Total financial return 
Change in net asset value per share plus dividends per share paid in the period 
expressed as a percentage of opening net asset value per share. 

Trading property 
Property held for trading purposes rather than to earn rentals or for capital 
appreciation and shown as current assets in the balance sheet. 

Underlying earnings per share (EPS) 
Earnings per share adjusted to exclude valuation movements, exceptional items 
and related tax.  

Underlying figures 
Amounts described as underlying exclude valuation movements, exceptional 
items and related tax. 

Vacancy rate (EPRA) 
The ERV of vacant space divided by total ERV. 

Yield shift 
A movement (usually expressed in basis points) in the nominal equivalent yield 
of a property asset. 

 
 
 
120 

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Dividends 

The Directors of Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC have proposed 
a final dividend per ordinary share (ISIN GB0006834344) of 
10.0 pence (2009 – 11.5 pence) to bring the total dividend per 
ordinary share for the year to 15.0 pence (2009 – 16.5 pence). 

This dividend will be partly paid as a Property Income Distribution 
(“PID”) with a gross value of 5 pence per share and partly paid as a 
non-PID with a value of 5 pence per share. The PID element will be 
subject to deduction of a 20 per cent withholding tax unless 
exemptions apply (please refer to the Special note below). The non-
PID element will be treated as an ordinary UK company dividend. 

The following are the salient dates for the payment of the proposed 
final dividend: 

Thursday 19 May 2011 
Sterling/Rand exchange rate struck 

Friday 20 May 2011 
Sterling/Rand exchange rate and dividend amount in SA currency 
announced 

Monday 30 May 2011 
Ordinary shares listed ex-dividend on the Johannesburg Stock 
Exchange 

Wednesday 1 June 2011 
Ordinary shares listed ex-dividend on the London Stock Exchange 

PID Special note: 
The following applies to the PID element only of the 2010 Final 
Dividend: 

UK shareholders: For those who are eligible for exemption from the 
20 per cent withholding tax and have not previously registered for 
exemption, an HM Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”) Tax Exemption 
Declaration is available for download from the “Investors” section of 
the Capital Shopping Centres Group website (www.capital-shopping-
centres.co.uk), or on request to our UK registrars, Capita Registrars. 
Validly completed forms must be received by Capita Registrars no later 
than the Record Date, Friday 3 June 2011, otherwise the dividend will 
be paid after deduction of tax. 

South African and other non-UK shareholders: South African 
shareholders may apply to HMRC after payment of the dividend for a 
refund of the difference between the 20 per cent withholding tax and 
the UK/South African double taxation treaty rate of 15 per cent. Other 
non-UK shareholders may be able to make similar claims. Refund 
application forms for all non-UK shareholders are available for 
download from the “Investors” section of the Capital Shopping Centres 
Group website (www.capital-shopping-centres.co.uk), or on request to 
our SA registrars, Computershare, or HMRC. Refunds are not 
claimable from Capital Shopping Centres Group, the South African 
Revenue Service or other national authorities, only from the UK’s 
HMRC. 

Friday 3 June 2011 
Record date for 2010 final dividend in London and Johannesburg 

Additional information on PIDs can be found at www.capital-shopping-
centres.co.uk/investors/shareholder_info/reit. 

Tuesday 21 June 2011 
Dividend payment day for shareholders 

South African shareholders should note that, in accordance with the 
requirements of State, the last day to trade cum-dividend will be Friday 
27 May 2011 and that no dematerialisation or rematerialisation of 
shares will be possible from Monday 30 May to Friday 3 June 2011 
inclusive. No transfers between the UK and South African registers 
may take place from Thursday 19 May to Sunday 5 June 2011 
inclusive.  

The above does not constitute advice and shareholders should seek 
their own professional guidance. Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC 
does not accept liability for any loss suffered arising from reliance on 
the above. 

m
o
c
.
y
r
.

l

l

w
w
w
r
a
d
e
Y
y
e
d
a
R
y
b
d
e
c
u
d
o
r
p
d
n
a
d
e
n
g
s
e
D

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

Strategy and KPIs

Business review

Financial review 
and Risk

Corporate 
responsibility

Governance

Accounts

Other
information

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC Annual Report 2010

Shareholder information

Registrars

All enquiries concerning shares or shareholdings, including notifi cation 
of change of address, queries regarding loss of a share certifi cate and 
dividend payments should be addressed to:

For shareholders registered in the UK:

Capita Registrars 
The Registry, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU
Telephone (within UK) 0871 664 0300 (calls cost 10p per minute 
plus network extras; lines are open 8.30 am – 5.30 pm 
Monday – Friday) 
+44 20 8639 3399 (outside UK)
Facsimile 020 8639 2342
Email: ssd@capitaregistrars.com
www.capitashareportal.com

Web-based enquiry service for shareholders 

Shareholders registered in the UK can go to www.capitashareportal.
com to obtain details of their shareholdings and dividends. 
The shareholder’s surname, Investor Code (found on any 
correspondence from registrars) and postcode are required 
to use this service. Shareholders may also use this service to 
amend or change their address and dividend mandate details.

Shareholders registered in South Africa can go to www-uk.
computershare.com/investor to obtain details of their shareholdings. 
Shareholders will need to follow a registering process in order to access 
such information. Unfortunately, due to South African legal 
requirements, shareholders may not update records, but will be able 
to view their entire holding of shares globally. Please note that the 
Computershare company code for Capital Shopping Centres Group 
PLC is CSOZ.

For shareholders registered in South Africa:

Share dealing

Computershare Investor Services (Pty) Ltd
70 Marshall Street, Johannesburg 2001
South Africa
Postal address:
PO Box 61051
Marshalltown 2107, South Africa
Telephone +27 11 370 5000
Facsimile +27 11 688 5221
www-uk.computershare.com

Payment of dividends

Shareholders who wish to have their dividends paid directly into a bank 
or building society account should complete a mandate form available 
from the appropriate registrars. 

Share price information

The latest information on the Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC share 
price is available on the website www.capital-shopping-centres.co.uk

Existing UK shareholders may trade Capital Shopping Centres Group 
PLC shares through Capita Share Dealing Services who provide an 
easy to use, real-time online, telephone and postal dealing service. 
www.capitadeal.com 
Telephone (within UK) 0871 664 0364 (calls cost 10p per minute plus 
network extras; lines are open 8.00 am – 4.30 pm Monday – Friday) 
(Ireland) Lo-call 1 890 946 375 
(outside UK) +44 20 3367 2686

Existing South African shareholders whose shares are held in electronic 
format through Computershare CSDP, may trade Capital Shopping 
Centres Group PLC shares through Computershare’s low cost 
telephone share dealing service on 0861 100 633 (SA calls only).

Electronic communication

The company supplies information such as the Annual and Interim 
Report via its website to shareholders who have consented to such 
communication. Shareholders will be notifi ed by email or post when 
new information is available on the website.

Shareholders can at any time revoke a previous instruction in order 
to receive hard copies of shareholder information.

UK shareholders may register to receive email alerts by logging on 
to the website of the UK Registrars (www.capitashareportal.com) 
and following the instructions given to register an email address. 
Once registered, shareholders are sent a “Notice of Availability” 
email highlighting that the Annual Report, Interim Report or other 
information is available for viewing on the website.

This report contains “forward-looking statements” regarding the belief or current expectations of Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC, its Directors and other members of 
its senior management about Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC’s businesses, fi nancial performance and results of operations. Generally, words such as, but not limited 
to, “may”, “could”, “will”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “plan”, “seek”, “continue” or similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. These 
forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. Rather, they are based on current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks, 
uncertainties and other factors, many of which are outside the control of Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC and are diffi cult to predict, that may cause actual results, 
performance or developments to differ materially from any future results, performance or developments expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These 
forward-looking statements speak only as at the date of this report. Except as required by applicable law, Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC expressly disclaims any 
obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein to refl ect any change in Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC’s expectations with regard 
thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

Any information contained in this report on the price at which shares or other securities in Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC have been bought or sold in the past, or 
on the yield on such shares or other securities, should not be relied upon as a guide to future performance.

!
www.capital-shopping-centres.co.uk

Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC
40 Broadway, London SW1H 0BT